Lincoln New York Account N For Variable Annuities CORRESP Correspondence with SEC

Legal Department

The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

350 Church Street

Hartford, CT 06103

Carolyn E. Augur

Senior Counsel

Phone: 860-466-1111

Carolyn.Augur@LFG.com

VIA Email & EDGAR

March 23, 2021

Alberto Zapata

Senior Counsel

Disclosure Review and Accounting Office

Division of Investment Management

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, NE

Washington, DC 20549-8629

Re: Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities

Post-Effective Amendment No. 28

File Nos.: 333-181616

Dear Mr. Zapata:

This letter is in response to your comments received on March 12, 2021, with respect to the above referenced filing.

Comment:

a.	Please disclose the point of entry to purchase a new contract.

b.	Consider whether each of the death benefit options should be listed as base contract options. If so, please list them in the table as well as on the Key Information Table.

Response:

a.	All death benefits can be elected actively at the time of the initial purchase payment.

b.	Each death benefit option is listed as a base contract option on the Key Information Table.

2.	Comment: Confirm that all the contract options from the previously filed tables carry over to the new tables.

Response: We confirm that all the options from previously filed tables are represented in the new table.

3.	Comment: Confirm that the annual administrative fees are included in the fee ranges shown on the Key Information Table.

Response: We have a team working to add the annual contract fees/administrative costs to the minimum and maximum tables, and we will include those calculations when we make the corresponding 485(b) for May 1, 2021.

Additionally, our initial response letter dated February 2, 2021 indicated that the Protected Lifetime Income Fee section was re-located into the Optional Benefits section. After further consideration, we have decided to move the section back into its original position under Charges and Other Deductions. We believe this location is appropriate for this disclosure.

Please call me at 860-466-1111 with any questions or additional comments.

Sincerely,

/s/ Carolyn Augur

Carolyn Augur

Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series
Individual Variable Annuity Contracts
Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities

May 1, 2021

Home Office:
Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York
120 Madison Street, Suite 1310
Syracuse, NY 13202
www.LincolnFinancial.com

Servicing Office:
Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York
PO Box 2348
Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348
1-888-868-2583

This prospectus describes an individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract issued by Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York (Lincoln New York or Company). Three separate share classes are offered in this prospectus, each of which has different features and charges. You must choose from one of the following share classes:

•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series B-Share
•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series C-Share
•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series L-Share

In deciding which share class to purchase, you should consider which features are important to you, and the amount of ongoing fees and expenses, and surrender charges you are willing to accept relative to your needs. In deciding whether to purchase any of the optional benefits, you should consider the desirability of the benefit relative to its additional cost and to your needs.

The contract can be purchased as either a nonqualified annuity or qualified retirement annuity under Sections 408 (IRAs) and 408A (Roth IRAs) of the tax code. Generally, you do not pay federal income tax on the contract's growth until it is paid out. You receive tax deferral for an IRA whether or not the funds are invested in an annuity contract. Further, if your contract is a Roth IRA, you generally will not pay income tax on a distribution, provided certain conditions are met. Therefore, there should be reasons other than tax deferral for purchasing a qualified annuity contract.

The contract is designed to accumulate Contract Value and to provide income over a certain period of time or for life subject to certain conditions. The contract also offers a Death Benefit payable upon the death of the Contractowner or Annuitant. This prospectus is used by both new purchasers and current Contractowners. Certain benefits described in this prospectus are no longer available. The contract described in this prospectus is only available in New York.

If you are a new investor in the contract, you may cancel your contract within ten days of receiving it without paying fees or penalties. This free-look or cancellation period may be longer under certain scenarios. Upon cancellation, you will receive the greater of a full refund of the amount you paid with your application or your total Contract Value. You should review this prospectus and consult with your registered representative for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that may apply.

The minimum initial Purchase Payment for the contract is $10,000. The minimum initial Purchase Payment for the nonqualified Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries C-Share where i4LIFE ^®Advantage is elected, and where the Contractowner, joint owner and/or Annuitant are ages 86 to 89 (subject to additional terms and limitations, and Servicing Office approval) is $50,000. Additional Purchase Payments may be made to the contract, subject to certain restrictions, and must be at least $100 per payment ($25 if transmitted electronically), and at least $300 annually. We reserve the right to limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the contract upon advance written notice.

Except as noted below, you choose whether your Contract Value accumulates on a variable or a fixed (guaranteed) basis or both. Your contract may not offer a fixed account or if permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting Purchase Payments or transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. If any portion of your Contract Value is in the fixed account, we promise to pay you your principal and a minimum interest rate. We may impose restrictions on the fixed account for the life of your contract or during certain periods. At this time, the only fixed account available is for dollar cost averaging.

We offer variable annuity contracts that have lower fees and that may offer different investment options, features, and optional benefits. You should carefully consider whether or not this contract is the best product for you.

All Purchase Payments and Persistency Credits, if applicable, for benefits on a variable basis will be placed in Lincoln New York Account N for Variable Annuities (Variable Annuity Account [VAA]). You take all the investment risk on the Contract Value and the retirement income for amounts placed into one or more of the contract’s variable options (“Subaccounts”), which, in turn, invest in corresponding underlying funds. If the Subaccounts you select make money, your Contract Value goes up; if they lose money, it goes down. How much it goes up or down depends on the performance of the Subaccounts you select. We do not guarantee how any of

the Subaccounts or their funds will perform. Also, neither the U.S. Government nor any federal agency insures or guarantees your investment in the contract. The contracts are not bank deposits and are not endorsed by any bank or government agency.

Your prospectus and other shareholder reports will be made available on www.lfg.com/VAprospectus. If you wish to receive future shareholder reports in paper, free of charge, please call us at 1-888-868-2583, send an email request to CustServSupportTeam@lfg.com, or contact your registered representative. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your contract.

This prospectus gives you information about the contract that you should know before you decide to buy a contract and make Purchase Payments. You should also review the prospectuses for the funds and keep all prospectuses for future reference.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved this contract or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Additional information about certain investment products, including variable annuities, has been prepared by the SEC’s staff and is available online at Investor.gov.

Table of Contents

Item	Page
Special Terms	4
Important Information You Should Consider About the Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series Variable Annuity Contract	6
Overview of the Contract	8
Expense Tables	10
Principal Risks	13
Investments of the Variable Annuity Account	14
Charges and Other Deductions	17
The Contracts	23
Contracts Offered in this Prospectus	23
Purchase Payments	25
Persistency Credits	26
Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date	27
Surrenders and Withdrawals	29
Benefits Available Under the Contract	31
Death Benefits	34
Living Benefit Riders	38
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)	39
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage	46
Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage	53
4LATER^® Select Advantage	59
i4LIFE^® Advantage	63
Guaranteed Income Benefit	67
Annuity Payouts	73
Fixed Side of the Contract	75
Distribution of the Contracts	76
Federal Tax Matters	77
Additional Information	83
Voting Rights	83
Return Privilege	83
State Regulation	84
Records and Reports	84
Legal Proceedings	84
Appendix A— Funds Available Under The Contract	A-1
Appendix B — Investment Requirements	B-1
Appendix C — Discontinued Living Benefit Riders	B-1
Appendix D — Protected Annual Income Rates for Previous Rider Elections	C-1
Appendix E — Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages for Previous Rider Elections	D-1
Appendix F – Current Rider Charges for Previous Elections	F-1

Table of Contents

Special Terms

In this prospectus, the following terms have the indicated meanings:

Access Period—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, a defined period of time during which we make Regular Income Payments to you while you still have access to your Account Value. This means that you may make withdrawals, surrender the contract, and have a Death Benefit.

Account or Variable Annuity Account (VAA)—The segregated investment account, Account N, into which we set aside and invest the assets for the variable side of the contract offered in this prospectus.

Account Value—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, the initial Account Value is the Contract Value on the Valuation Date that i4LIFE^® Advantage is effective, less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a Valuation Date equals the total value of all of the Contractowner's Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner's value in the fixed account, reduced by Regular Income Payments, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments and withdrawals.

Account Value Step-up—(may be referred to as Account Value lock-in in marketing materials)—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the Protected Income Base and/or Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary, subject to certain conditions.

Accumulation Unit—A measure used to calculate Contract Value for the variable side of the contract before the Annuity Commencement Date and to calculate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value during the Access Period.

Annuitant—The person upon whose life the annuity benefit payments are based, and upon whose death a Death Benefit may be paid.

Annuity Commencement Date—The Valuation Date when funds are withdrawn or converted into Annuity Units or fixed dollar payout for payment of retirement income benefits under the Annuity Payout option you select (other than i4LIFE^® Advantage).

Annuity Payout—A regularly scheduled payment (under any of the available annuity options) that occurs after the Annuity Commencement Date (or Periodic Income Commencement Date if i4LIFE^® Advantage has been elected). Payments may be variable or fixed, or a combination of both.

Annuity Unit—A measure used to calculate the amount of Annuity Payouts for the variable side of the contract after the Annuity Commencement Date.

Beneficiary—The person you choose to receive any Death Benefit paid if you die before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Benefit Year—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. Under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage, if the Contractowner elects a step-up, the Benefit Year will begin on the effective date of the step-up and each anniversary of the step-up after that.

Contractowner (you, your, owner)—The person who can exercise the rights within the contract (decides on investment allocations, transfers, payout option, designates the Beneficiary, etc.). Usually, but not always, the Contractowner is the Annuitant.

Contract Value (may be referred to as Account Value in marketing materials)—At any given time before the Annuity Commencement Date, the total value of all Accumulation Units of a contract, plus the value of the fixed side of the contract, if any.

Contract Year—Each 12-month period starting with the effective date of the contract and starting with each contract anniversary after that.

Death Benefit—Before the Annuity Commencement Date, the amount payable to your designated Beneficiary if the Contractowner dies. As an alternative, the Contractowner may receive a Death Benefit on the death of the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

Enhancement—A feature under certain Living Benefit Riders in which the Protected Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, will be increased, subject to certain conditions and limitations.

Enhancement Base—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, a value used to calculate the amount added to the Protected Income Base when an Enhancement occurs. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, and is adjusted as set forth in this prospectus.

Enhancement Period—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the 10-year period during which an Enhancement is in effect. A new Enhancement Period may begin each time an Account Value Step-up to the Contract Value occurs, depending on which Living Benefit Rider you have elected, subject to certain conditions.

Excess Withdrawals—Amounts withdrawn during a Benefit Year, as specified for each Living Benefit Rider, which decrease or eliminate the guarantees under the rider.

Good Order—The actual receipt at our Servicing Office of the requested transaction in writing or by other means we accept, along with all information and supporting legal documentation necessary to complete the transaction. The forms we provide will identify the necessary documentation. We may, in our sole discretion, determine whether any particular transaction request is in Good Order, and we reserve the right to change or waive any Good Order requirements at any time.

Guaranteed Amount—The value used to calculate your withdrawal benefit under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage.

Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option—A fixed Annuity Payout option available under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage under which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for life.

Table of Contents

Investment Requirements—Restrictions in how you may allocate your Subaccount investments if you own certain Living Benefit Riders.

Lifetime Income Period—Under i4LIFE^® Advantage, the period of time following the Access Period during which we make Regular Income Payments to you for the rest of your life (and Secondary Life, if applicable). During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no longer have access to your Account Value or receive a Death Benefit.

Lincoln New York (we, us, our, Company)—Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York.

Living Benefit Rider—A general reference to optional riders that provide some type of a minimum income guarantee while you are alive. If you select a Living Benefit Rider, Excess Withdrawals may have adverse effects on the benefit, and you may be subject to Investment Requirements.

Maximum Annual Withdrawal—The guaranteed periodic withdrawal available under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage.

Periodic Income Commencement Date—The Valuation Date on which the amount of i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payments are determined.

Persistency Credit—If you select a C-Share or L-Share contract, the additional amount credited to the contract after a specified contract anniversary.

Protected Annual Income—(may be referred to Guaranteed Annual Income in your contract)—The guaranteed periodic withdrawal amount available from the contract each Benefit Year for life under certain Living Benefit Riders.

Protected Annual Income Payout Option—(may be referred to as Guaranteed Annual Income Amount Annuity Payout Option in your contract)—A payout option available under certain Liv-

ing Benefit Riders in which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annual annuity payments equal to the Protected Annual Income amount for life.

Protected Income Base—(may be referred to as Income Base or Guaranteed Amount in your contract)—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the Protected Income Base is a value used to calculate your Protected Annual Income amount or the minimum payouts under your contract at a later date.

Purchase Payments—Amounts paid into the contract other than Persistency Credits.

Rate Sheet—A prospectus supplement, that will be filed periodically, where we declare the current withdrawal rates or Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages under certain Living Benefit Riders.

Regular Income Payments—The variable, periodic income payments paid under i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Secondary Life—Under certain Living Benefit Riders, the person designated by the Contractowner upon whose life the annuity payments will also be contingent.

Subaccount—Each portion of the VAA that reflects investments in Accumulation and Annuity Units of a class of a particular fund available under the contracts. There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each class of a fund.

Valuation Date—Each day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for trading.

Valuation Period—The period starting at the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time) on each day that the NYSE is open for trading (Valuation Date) and ending at the close of such trading on the next Valuation Date.

Table of Contents

Important Information You Should Consider About the Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series Variable Annuity Contract

	FEES AND EXPENSES			Location in Prospectus
Charges for Early Withdrawals	If you make a withdrawal in excess of the free withdrawal amount before the 7 ^thanniversary since your last Purchase Payment (B-Share) or 4 ^thanniversary (L-Share), you may be assessed a surrender charge of up to 7% of the amount withdrawn, declining to 0% over that time period. For example, if you purchase a B-Share or L-Share contract and make a withdrawal of $100,000 during the first 2 years after your Purchase Payment, you could be assessed a charge of up to $7,000 on the Purchase Payment withdrawn. The C-Share contract does not have surrender charges.			• Expense Tables • Examples • Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge
Transaction Charges	There is currently no charge for a transfer fee. We reserve the right to charge a $25 fee for each transfer if you make more than 12 transfers in one Contract Year.			• Charges and Other Deductions
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)	Minimum and Maximum Annual Fee Table. The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year, depending on the options you choose. Please refer to your contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.			• Expense Tables • Examples • Charges and Other Deductions
	Annual Fee	Minimum	Maximum
	Base Contract – Account Value Death Benefit	XX% ¹	XX% ¹
	Base Contract – Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	XX% ¹	XX% ¹
	Base Contract – Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit	XX% ¹	XX% ¹
	Investment options (fund fees and expenses)	XX% ¹	XX% ¹
	Optional benefits available for an additional charge (for a single optional benefit, if elected)	0.40% ¹	2.45% ²
		¹As a percentage of average Account Value in the Subaccounts.
	²As an annualized percentage of the Protected Income Base.
	Lowest and Highest Annual Cost Table. Because your contract is customizable, the choices you make affect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year . This estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the contract, which could add surrender charges that substantially increase costs .
	Lowest Annual Cost: $XX	Highest Annual Cost: $XX
	Assumes:	Assumes:
	• Investment of $100,000 • 5% annual appreciation • Least expensive combination of contract option, fund fees and expenses • No optional benefits • No surrender charges • No additional Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals	• Investment of $100,000 • 5% annual appreciation • Most expensive combination of contract option, optional benefits, fund fees and expenses • No surrender charges • No additional Purchase Payments, transfers, or withdrawals

Table of Contents

	RISKS	Location in Prospectus
Risk of Loss	• You can lose money by investing in this contract, including loss of principal.	• Principal Risks• Investments of the Variable Annuity Account
Not a Short-Term Investment	• This contract is not designed for short-term investing and may not be appropriate for the investor who needs ready access to cash. • Withdrawals from B-Share and L-Share contracts may result in surrender charges. If you take a withdrawal, any surrender charge will reduce the value of your contract or the amount of money that you actually receive. • The benefits of tax deferral, long-term income, and living benefit protections also mean the contract is more beneficial to investors with a long time horizon.	• Principal Risks• Surrender and Withdrawals• Expense Tables• Charges and Other Deductions• Living Benefit Riders
Risks Associated with Investment Options	• An investment in this contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance of the investment options you choose. Performance can vary depending on the performance of the investment options available under the contract. • Each investment option (including the fixed account option) has its own unique risks. • You should review the investment options before making an investment decision.	• Principal Risks• Investments of the Variable Annuity Account
Insurance Company Risks	• An investment in the contract is subject to the risks related to us. Any obligations (including under the fixed account option), guarantees, or benefits of the contract are subject to our claims-paying ability. If we experience financial distress, we may not be able to meet our obligations to you. More information about Lincoln New York, including our financial strength ratings, is available upon request by calling 1-888-868-2583 or visiting www.LincolnFinancial.com.	• Principal Risks
	RESTRICTIONS	Location in Prospectus
Investments	• The frequency of transfers between investment options is restricted. There are also restrictions on the minimum amount that may be transferred from a variable option and the maximum amount that may be transferred from the fixed account option.• We reserve the right to charge a $25 fee for each transfer if you make more than 12 transfers in one Contract Year. • We reserve the right to remove or substitute any funds as investment options that are available under the contract.	• Principal Risks• Investments of the Variable Annuity Account
Optional Benefits	• Optional benefits may limit or restrict the investment options that you may select under the contract. We may change these restrictions in the future. • Excess Withdrawals may reduce the value of an optional benefit by an amount greater than the value withdrawn or result in termination of the benefit.• You are required to have a certain level of Contract Value for some new rider elections. • We may modify or stop offering an optional benefit that is currently available at any time.• If you elect certain optional benefits, you may be limited in the amount of Purchase Payments that you can make (and when).	• The Contracts• Living Benefit Riders• Appendix B – Investment Requirements• Appendix C — Discontinued Living Benefit Riders

Table of Contents

	TAXES	Location in Prospectus
Tax Implications	• Consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payments received under this contract.• If you purchase the contract through a tax-qualified plan or IRA, you do not get any additional tax deferral under the contract.• Earnings on your contract are taxed at ordinary income tax rates when you withdraw them, and you may have to pay a penalty if you take a withdrawal before age 59½.	• Federal Tax Matters
	CONFLICTS OF INTEREST	Location in Prospectus
Investment Professional Compensation	• Your registered representative may receive compensation for selling this contract to you, both in the form of commissions and because we may share the revenue it earns on this contract with the professional’s firm. (Your investment professional may be your broker, investment adviser, insurance agent, or someone else).• This conflict of interest may influence your investment professional to recommend this contract over another investment.	• Distribution of the Contracts• Principal Risks
Exchanges	• If you already own a contract, some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the one you own. You should only exchange your contract if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, that it is better for you to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing contract.	• The Contracts - Replacement of Existing Insurance

Overview of the Contract

Purpose of the Contract

The Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series variable annuity contract is designed to accumulate Contract Value and to provide income over a certain period of time or for life subject to certain conditions. The contract can supplement your retirement income by providing a stream of income payments during the payout phase. The benefits offered under the contract may be a variable or fixed amount, if available, or a combination of both. The contract also offers a Death Benefit payable to your designated Beneficiaries upon the death of the Contractowner or Annuitant.

This contract may be appropriate if you have a long investment time horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or intend to engage in frequent trading in the Subaccounts.

Phases of the Contract

Your contract has two phases: (1) an accumulation (savings) phase, prior to the Annuity Commencement Date; and (2) a payout (income) phase, after the Annuity Commencement Date.

Accumulation (Savings) Phase. To help you accumulate assets during the accumulation phase, you can invest your payments and earnings in:

•	The variable options available under the contract, each of which has an underlying mutual fund with its own investment objective, strategies, and risks; investment adviser(s); expense ratio; and performance history; and
•	A fixed account option, if available, which guarantees principal and a minimum interest rate.

A list of funds in which you currently can invest is provided in an Appendix. Please see Appendix A: Funds Available Under the Contract.

Annuity (Income) Phase. You can elect to annuitize your contract and turn your contract value into a stream of income payments (sometimes called Annuity Payouts), at which time the accumulation phase of the contract ends. These payments may continue for a fixed period of years, for your entire life, or for the longer of a fixed period or your life. The payments may also be fixed or variable. Variable payments will vary based on the performance of the funds that you choose.

If you annuitize, your investments will be converted to income payments and you may no longer be able to choose to make withdrawals from your contract. All benefits (including guaranteed minimum Death Benefits and living benefits) terminate upon annuitization.

However, several Living Benefit Riders offered under the contract provide lifetime income payments that may be guaranteed, and still allow you to make withdrawals and be eligible for a Death Benefit. Withdrawals that exceed a Protected Income Amount are Excess Withdrawals that will reduce and could eliminate the income payments and other benefits of the rider, including access to a Death Benefit.

Table of Contents

Primary Features and Options of the Contract

Contracts. You can purchase one of three share classes, each of which has different ongoing fees and surrender charges. Each share class offers you the ability to choose among certain Death Benefits, Living Benefit Riders, and payout (income) options. Each share class has its own base contract expense and applicable surrender charge schedule. In deciding which share class to purchase, you should consider the amount of base contract expense and surrender charges you are willing to accept relative to your needs. In deciding whether to elect any of the optional Living Benefit Riders or Death Benefits, you should consider the desirability of the benefit relative to its costs and to your needs, as well as all applicable restrictions and Investment Requirements.

Accessing your money. During the Accumulation Phase you can surrender the contract or withdraw part of the Contract Value. If you withdraw early, you may have to pay a surrender charge, an Interest Adjustment may apply and/or you may incur a tax penalty if you are younger than 59½.

Tax treatment. You can transfer money between investment options without tax implications, and earnings (if any) on your investments are generally tax-deferred. You are taxed only when: (1) you make a surrender or withdrawal; (2) you receive an income payment from the contract; or (3) upon payment of a Death Benefit.

Death Benefits. Your contract includes a Death Benefit that will be paid upon the death of either the Contractowner or the Annuitant. Optional Death Benefits that pay different amounts and have different fees may be available.

Optional Living Benefit Riders . For an additional fee, you can purchase one of the Living Benefit Riders listed below. Each rider offers one of the following:

•	an income/withdrawal benefit:

•	Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk),
•	Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, or
•	Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage;

•	a minimum Annuity Payout:

•	4LATER^® Select Advantage, or

•	i4LIFE ^®Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk).

The following Living Benefit Riders are no longer available for purchase:

•	Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0,
•	Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage,
•	4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk), and

•	i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)

•	i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit.

These Living Benefit Riders provide different methods to take income from your Contract Value or receive lifetime payments and provide certain guarantees, regardless of the investment performance of the contract. These guarantees are subject to certain conditions, as set forth elsewhere in the prospectus.

There is no guarantee that any Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage) will be available in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue them at any time. Excess Withdrawals under certain Living Benefit Riders may result in a reduction or premature termination of those benefits or of those riders. If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be required to adhere to Investment Requirements, which will limit your ability to invest in certain Subaccounts offered in your contract. (These Investment Requirements are explained in Appendix B- Investment Requirements.)

Additional Services. The additional services listed below are available under the contract for no additional charge (unless otherwise indicated).

•	Dollar-cost averaging (DCA) allows you to transfer amounts from the DCA fixed account, if available, or certain Subaccounts into other Subaccounts on a monthly basis or in accordance with other terms we make available.
•	Portfolio rebalancing is an option that restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount.

•	Cross-Reinvestment when the amount invested in an investment option exceeds a baseline amount, allows you to automatically transfer the excess amount to another investment option.

•	Automatic Withdrawal Service (AWS) provides for an automatic periodic withdrawal of your Contract Value. Withdrawals under AWS are subject to applicable surrender charges and Interest Adjustments (as well as taxes and tax penalties).

Table of Contents

Expense Tables

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or make withdrawals from the contract. Please refer to your Contract Specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the contract, surrender or make withdrawals from the contract, or transfer Contract Value between investment options, and/or the fixed account (if available). State premium taxes may also be deducted. Currently there is no premium tax levied for New York residents.

TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Accumulation Phase:
	B-Share	C-Share	L-Share
Surrender charge (as a percentage of Purchase Payments surrendered/withdrawn):¹	7.00%	None	7.00%
Transfer charge:²	up to $25	up to $25	up to $25

For B-Share, the surrender charge percentage is reduced over a 7-year period at the following rates: 7%, 7%, 6%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%. For L-Share, the surrender charge percentage is reduced over a 4-year period at the following rates: 7%, 7%, 6%, 6%. We may reduce or waive this charge in certain situations. There is no surrender charge for C-Share. See Charges and Other Deductions - Surrender Charge.

The transfer charge will not be imposed on the first 12 transfers during a Contract Year. We reserve the right to charge a $25 fee for the 13^th and each additional transfer during any Contract Year, excluding automatic dollar cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing and cross reinvestment transfers.

The following table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay each year during the time that you own the contract, not including fund fees and expenses.

ANNUAL CONTRACT EXPENSES


Administrative Expense (Annual Account Fee): ¹			$35

Base Contract Expenses (as a percentage of average daily net assets in the Subaccounts) ²

	B-Share	C-Share	L-Share
Account Value Death Benefit	1.25%	1.65%	1.65%
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	1.30%	1.70%	1.70%
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	1.55%	1.95%	1.95%

Optional Benefit Expenses	Single Life	Joint Life
Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018: ^{3, 4}
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018: ^{4, 5}
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.00%	2.00%
Current Initial Annual Charge	1.05%	1.25%
Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage riders elected on or after August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners): ^{3, 4}
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage riders elected prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners): ^{3, 4}
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Charge	0.95%	1.15%

Table of Contents

Lincoln Max 6 Select ^SMAdvantage: ^{3, 4}
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
4LATER ^®Select Advantage: ^{3, 6}
Guaranteed Maximum Annual Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Lincoln SmartSecurity ^®Advantage: ⁷
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	1.50%	1.50%
Current Charge	0.85%	1.00%
4LATER ^®Advantage (Managed Risk): ⁶
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.00%	2.00%
Current Charge	1.05%	1.25%
i4LIFE ^®Advantage: ⁸
Current Charge	0.40%	0.40%
i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018: ^{3, 9}
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.25%	2.45%
i4LIFE ^®Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit: ⁹
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.25%	2.45%
Current Charge	0.95%	1.15%
i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018 and i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) riders: ⁹
Guaranteed Maximum Charge	2.00%	2.00%
Current Charge	0.65%	0.85%

During the accumulation phase, the account fee will be deducted from your Contract Value on each contract anniversary, or upon surrender of the contract. The account fee will be waived if your Contract Value is $100,000 or more on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender). For contracts purchased prior to June 24, 2013, the account fee is $30. This account fee will be waived after the fifteenth Contract Year, regardless of your Contract Value.

²	Each base contract expense includes an administrative charge of 0.10%.

³	The current charge for new elections of this rider is disclosed in a Rate Sheet.

⁴

As an annualized percentage of the Protected Income Base, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Account Value Step-ups and Enhancements, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals. This fee is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. This same fee applies when transitioning to the appropriate version of i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (if available). See Charges and Other Deductions – Protected Lifetime Income Fees for more information about your Living Benefit Rider.

⁵

The fee for Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) also applies to an older version of the rider - Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 - which is no longer available for purchase. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) for more information.

⁶	As an annualized percentage of the Protected Income Base, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Account Value Step-ups and Enhancements, and decreased by withdrawals. This fee is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. This same fee applies when transitioning to the appropriate version of i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. See Charges and Other Deductions – Protected Lifetime Income Fees for more information about your Living Benefit Rider. A discussion of the charges for 4LATER ^®Advantage (Managed Risk) can be found in an Appendix to this prospectus.
⁷	As an annualized percentage of the Guaranteed Amount, as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments and step-ups and decreased for withdrawals. This charge is deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. For Lincoln SmartSecurity ^®Advantage riders purchased prior to December 3, 2012, the current annual charge rate will increase to 0.85% (single life option) and 1.00% (joint life option) upon the next election of a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount. A discussion of the charges for this closed rider can be found in an Appendix to this prospectus.
⁸	As an annualized percentage of average Account Value, computed daily. This charge is assessed only on and after the effective date of i4LIFE ^®Advantage and is added to your base contract expense. These charges continue during the Access Period. During the Lifetime Income Period, the i4LIFE ^®Advantage charge rate of 0.40% is added to the Account Value Death Benefit base contract expense. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE ^®Advantage Charge for more information.
⁹	These charges are added to the i4LIFE ^®Advantage charges to comprise the total charges reflected. During the Lifetime Income Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate is the base contract expense plus the i4LIFE ^®Advantage charge. See Charges and Other Deductions – i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for more information.

The next table shows the minimum and maximum total annual operating expenses charged by the funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. The expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2020. A complete list of funds available under the contract, including their annual expenses, may be found in an appendix to this prospectus. See Appendix A: Funds Available Under the Contract.

Table of Contents

Annual Fund Expenses	Minimum	Maximum
Expenses that are deducted from the fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses before reimbursements.	XX%	XX%
Expenses that are deducted from the fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fees, and other expenses after any waivers or expense reimbursements.	0.48%	2.26%

EXAMPLES

The following Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include transaction expenses, contract fees, base contract expenses, and annual fund fees and expenses. The Examples have been calculated using the fees and expenses of the funds prior to the application of any contractual waivers and/or reimbursements.

The first Example assumes that you invest $100,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that EGMDB and Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
B-Share	$13,298	$24,713	$35,799	$59,628
C-Share	$ 6,675	$19,690	$32,187	$61,358
L-Share	$13,675	$25,690	$32,187	$61,358

2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
B-Share	$6,298	$18,713	$30,799	$59,628
C-Share	$6,675	$19,690	$32,187	$61,358
L-Share	$6,675	$19,690	$32,187	$61,358

The next Example assumes that you invest $100,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, the maximum fees and expenses of any of the funds and that i4LIFE ^®Advantage with the EGMDB Death Benefit and i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) at the guaranteed maximum charge are in effect. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

1) If you surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
B-Share	$13,542	$24,113	$32,853	$45,982
C-Share	$ 6,904	$18,966	$28,954	$47,045
L-Share	$13,904	$24,966	$28,954	$47,045

2) If you annuitize or do not surrender your contract at the end of the applicable time period:

	1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
B-Share	$6,542	$18,113	$27,853	$45,982
C-Share	$6,904	$18,966	$28,954	$47,045
L-Share	$6,904	$18,966	$28,954	$47,045

For more information, see Charges and Other Deductions in this prospectus, and the prospectus for the funds. Premium taxes may also apply, although they do not appear in the examples. The Examples do not reflect any Persistency Credits. Different fees and expenses not reflected in the examples may be imposed during a period in which Annuity Payouts are made. See Annuity Payouts. These examples should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be more or less than those shown.

Table of Contents

Principal Risks

The principal risks of investing in the contract include:

Risk of Loss. You can lose money by investing in this contract, including loss of principal. Neither the U.S. Government nor any federal agency insures or guarantees your investment in the contract.

Short-Term Investment Risk. This contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. The benefits of tax deferral, long-term income, and living benefit protections also mean that the contract is more beneficial to investors with a long time horizon.

Variable Option Risk. You take all the investment risk on the Contract Value and the retirement income for amounts placed into one or more of the Subaccounts, which invest in corresponding underlying funds. If the Subaccounts you select make money, your Contract Value goes up; if they lose money, your Contract Value goes down. How much it goes up or down depends on the performance of the Subaccounts you select. Each underlying fund is subject to its own investment risks. When you invest in a Subaccount, you are exposed to the investment risks of the underlying fund.

Investment Requirements Risk. If you elect an optional benefit, you may be subject to Investment Requirements, which means you may not be permitted to invest in certain investment options or you may be permitted to invest in certain investment options only to a limited extent. Failing to satisfy applicable Investment Requirements may result in the termination of your optional benefit. We impose Investment Requirements to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under an optional benefit. In turn, your compliance with the Investment Requirements could limit your participation in market gains. This may conflict with your investment objectives by limiting your ability to maximize potential growth of your Contract Value and the value of your guaranteed benefits.

Managed Volatility Fund Risk. Certain underlying funds may employ risk management strategies to provide for downside protection during sharp downward movements in equity markets. These funds usually, but not always, have “Managed Risk” or “Managed Volatility” in the name of the fund. These strategies could limit the upside participation of the fund in rising equity markets relative to other funds. The Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders offered under the contract also provide protection in the event of a market downturn. Likewise, there are additional costs associated with the Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders, which can limit the contract’s upside participation in the markets. Many of these funds are included in the Investment Requirements associated with Living Benefit Riders. Risk management strategies, in periods of high market volatility, could limit your participation in market gains. This may conflict with your investment objectives by limiting your ability to maximize potential growth of your Contract Value and the value of your guaranteed benefits. For more information on these funds and their risk management strategies, please see the funds’ prospectuses.

Withdrawal Risk (Illiquidity Risk). You should carefully consider the risks associated with taking a withdrawal or surrender under the contract. If you take a withdrawal or surrender the contract, any applicable surrender charges will reduce the value of your contract or the amount of money that you ultimately receive. The proceeds of your withdrawal or surrender may be subject to ordinary income taxes, including a tax penalty if you are younger than age 59½.

You should also consider the impact that a withdrawal may have on the standard and optional benefits under your contract. For example, under certain Living Benefit Riders, excess or early withdrawals may reduce the value of the guaranteed benefit by an amount greater than the amount withdrawn and could result in termination of the benefit.

Transfer Risk. Your ability to transfer amounts between investment options is subject to restrictions. You are generally restricted to no more than 12 transfers per Contract Year. There are also restrictions on the minimum amount that may be transferred from a variable option and the maximum amount that may be transferred from the fixed account option. If permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. Your ability to transfer between investment options may also be restricted as a result of Investment Requirements if you have elected an optional benefit.

Purchase Payment Risk. Your ability to make additional Purchase Payments may be restricted under the contract, depending on the version of the contract that you own, the optional benefits that you have elected, and other factors. You must obtain our approval for Purchase Payments totaling $1 million or more. This amount includes total purchase payments for all variable annuity contracts issued by us or our affiliates (excluding Lincoln Investor Advantage^® and Lincoln Level Advantage^SM contracts) for the same owner, joint owner, or annuitant. We reserve the right to further limit, restrict or suspend the ability to make additional Purchase Payments under the contract.

If you elect a Living Benefit Rider (other than any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit), after the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year.

Election of Optional Benefit Risk. There are a variety of optional benefits under the contract that are designed for different financial goals and to protect against different financial risks. There is a risk that you may not choose the benefit or benefits that are best suited for you based on your present or future needs and circumstances. In addition, if you elect an optional benefit and do not use it, or if the contingencies upon which the benefit depend never occur, you will have paid for a benefit that did not provide a financial return.

Table of Contents

There is also a risk that a financial return of an optional benefit, if any, will ultimately be less than the amount you paid for the benefit. You should consult with your registered representative to determine which optional benefits (if any) are appropriate for you.

Fee and Expense Risk. You are subject to the risk that we may increase certain contract fees and charges, and that underlying fund expenses may increase.

Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability Risk. An investment in the contract is subject to the risks related to us, Lincoln Life. Any obligations (including under the fixed account option), guarantees, or benefits of the contract are subject to our claims-paying ability. If we experience financial distress, we may not be able to meet our obligations to you.

Cybersecurity and Business Interruption Risk. We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our annuity products business. Because our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyber-attacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential customer information. Such systems failures and cyber-attacks affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, systems failures and cyber-attacks may interfere with our processing of contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate Accumulation Unit value, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cyber security risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your contract due to cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future.

In addition to cyber security risks, we are exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes, such as (but not limited to) storms, fires, floods, earthquakes, public health crises, malicious acts, and terrorist acts, any of which could adversely affect our ability to conduct business. A natural or man-made disaster or catastrophe, including a pandemic (such as COVID-19), could affect the ability or willingness of our employees or the employees of our service providers to perform their job responsibilities. Even if our employees and the employees of our service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and could lead to delays in our processing of contract-related transactions, including orders from Contractowners. Catastrophic events may negatively affect the computer and other systems on which we rely, impact our ability to calculate accumulation unit values, or have other possible negative impacts. There can be no assurance that we or our service providers will be able to successfully avoid negative impacts associated with natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes.

Financial Statements

The December 31, 2020 financial statements of the VAA and the December 31, 2020 financial statements of Lincoln New York are located in the SAI. Instructions on how to obtain a free copy of the SAI, are provided on the last page of this prospectus.

Investments of the Variable Annuity Account

You decide the Subaccount(s) to which you allocate Purchase Payments. There is a separate Subaccount which corresponds to each class of each fund. You may change your allocation without penalty or charges. Shares of the funds will be sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge to the VAA in order to fund the contracts. The funds are required to redeem fund shares at net asset value upon our request.

Descriptions of the Funds

Information regarding each fund, including (1) its name, (2) its type or investment objective, (3) its investment adviser and any sub-investment adviser, (4) current expenses, and (5) performance is available in Appendix A: Funds Available Under the Contract. Each fund has issued a prospectus that contains more detailed information about the fund. Paper or electronic copies of the fund prospectuses may be obtained by contacting our Servicing Office or visiting www.LincolnFinancial.com.

Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds

We (and/or our affiliates) incur expenses in promoting, marketing, and administering the contracts and the underlying funds. With respect to a fund, including affiliated funds, the adviser and/or distributor, or an affiliate thereof, may make payments to us (or an affiliate) for certain services we provide on behalf of the funds. Such services include, but are not limited to, recordkeeping; aggregating and processing purchase and redemption orders; providing Contractowners with statements showing their positions within the

Table of Contents

funds; processing dividend payments; providing subaccounting services for shares held by Contractowners; and forwarding shareholder communications, such as proxies, shareholder reports, dividend and tax notices, and printing and delivering prospectuses and updates to Contractowners. It is anticipated that such payments will be based on a percentage of assets of the particular fund attributable to the contracts along with certain other variable contracts issued or administered by us (or an affiliate). These percentages are negotiated and vary with each fund. Some advisers and/or distributors may pay us significantly more than other advisers and/or distributors and the amount we receive may be substantial. These percentages currently range up to 0.30%, and as of the date of this prospectus, we were receiving payments from most fund families. We (or our affiliates) may profit from these payments. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the investment advisory fee deducted from fund assets. Contractowners, through their indirect investment in the funds, bear the costs of these investment advisory fees (see the funds' prospectuses for more information). Additionally, a fund's adviser and/or distributor or its affiliates may provide us with certain services that assist us in the distribution of the contracts and may pay us and/or certain affiliates amounts for marketing programs and sales support, as well as amounts to participate in training and sales meetings.

In addition to the payments described above, all of the funds offered as part of this contract make payments to us under their distribution plans (12b-1 plans) for the marketing and distribution of fund shares. The payment rates range up to 0.55% based on the amount of assets invested in those funds. Payments made out of the assets of the fund will reduce the amount of assets that otherwise would be available for investment, and will reduce the fund's investment return. The dollar amount of future asset-based fees is not predictable because these fees are a percentage of the fund's average net assets, which can fluctuate over time. If, however, the value of the fund goes up, then so would the payment to us (or our affiliates). Conversely, if the value of the funds goes down, payments to us or our affiliates would decrease.

Selection of the Funds

We select the funds offered through the contract based on several factors, including, without limitation, asset class coverage, the strength of the manager’s reputation and tenure, brand recognition, performance, the capability and qualification of each sponsoring investment firm, and whether the fund is affiliated with us.

As noted above, a factor we may consider during the initial selection process is whether the fund (or an affiliate, investment adviser or distributor of the fund) being evaluated is an affiliate of ours and whether we are compensated for providing administrative, marketing, and/or support services that would otherwise be provided by the fund, its investment adviser or its distributor.

Some funds pay us significantly more than others and the amount we receive may be substantial. We often receive more revenue from an affiliated fund than one that is not affiliated with us. These factors give us an incentive to select a fund that yields more revenue, and this is often an affiliated fund.

We may also consider the ability of the fund to help manage volatility and our risks associated with the guarantees we provide under the contract and under optional riders, especially the Living Benefit Riders.

We review each fund periodically after it is selected. We reserve the right to remove a fund or restrict allocation of additional Purchase Payments to a fund if we determine the fund no longer meets one or more of the factors and/or if the fund has not attracted significant Contractowner assets.

Finally, when we develop a variable annuity product in cooperation with a fund family or distributor (e.g., a “private label” product), we generally will include funds based on recommendations made by the fund family or distributor, whose selection criteria may differ from our selection criteria. Certain funds offered as part of this contract have similar investment objectives and policies to other portfolios managed by the adviser. The investment results of the funds, however, may be higher or lower than the other portfolios that are managed by the adviser or sub-adviser. There can be no assurance, and no representation is made, that the investment results of any of the funds will be comparable to the investment results of any other portfolio managed by the adviser or sub-adviser, if applicable.

Certain funds invest their assets in other funds. As a result, you will pay fees and expenses at both fund levels. This will reduce your investment return. These arrangements are referred to as funds of funds or master-feeder funds, which may have higher expenses than funds that invest directly in debt or equity securities. An adviser affiliated with us manages some of the available funds of funds. Our affiliates may promote the benefits of such funds to Contractowners and/or suggest that Contractowners consider whether allocating some or all of their Contract Value to such portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, we may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as we may derive greater revenues from the affiliated fund of funds than certain other funds available to you under your contract.

Certain funds may employ risk management strategies to provide for downside protection during sharp downward movements in equity markets. These funds usually, but not always, have “Managed Risk” or “Managed Volatility” in the name of the fund. These strategies could limit the upside participation of the fund in rising equity markets relative to other funds. The Death Benefits and Living Benefit Riders offered under the contract also provide protection in the event of a market downturn. Risk management strategies, in periods of high market volatility, could limit your participation in market gains; this may conflict with your investment objectives by limiting your ability to maximize potential growth of your Contract Value and, in turn, the value of any guaranteed benefit that is tied to investment performance.

Table of Contents

For more information on these funds and their risk management strategies, please see the Investment Requirements section of this prospectus. You should consult with your registered representative to determine which combination of investment choices are appropriate for you.

Fund Shares

We will purchase shares of the funds at net asset value and direct them to the appropriate Subaccounts of the VAA. We will redeem sufficient shares of the appropriate funds to pay Annuity Payouts, Death Benefits, surrender/withdrawal proceeds or for other purposes described in the contract. If you want to transfer all or part of your investment from one Subaccount to another, we may redeem shares held in the first Subaccount and purchase shares of the other. Redeemed shares are retired, but they may be reissued later.

Shares of the funds are not sold directly to the general public. They are sold to us, and may be sold to other insurance companies, for investment of the assets of the Subaccounts established by those insurance companies to fund variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts.

Reinvestment of Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions

All dividends and capital gain distributions of the funds are automatically reinvested in shares of the distributing funds at their net asset value on the date of distribution. Dividends are not paid out to Contractowners as additional units, but are reflected as changes in unit values.

Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments

We reserve the right, within the law, to make certain changes to the structure and operation of the VAA at our discretion and without your consent. We may add, delete, or substitute funds for all Contractowners or only for certain classes of Contractowners. New or substitute funds may have different fees and expenses, and may only be offered to certain classes of Contractowners.

Substitutions may be made with respect to existing investments or the investment of future Purchase Payments, or both. In the event of a substitution, the Contract Value allocated to the existing fund will be allocated to the substitute fund. Any future allocations to the substitute fund will automatically be allocated according to the instructions we have on file for you unless otherwise instructed by you. If we don’t have instructions from you on file, your Purchase Payments will be allocated to the substitute fund.

We may close Subaccounts to allocations of Purchase Payments or Contract Value, or both, at any time in our sole discretion. The funds, which sell their shares to the Subaccounts pursuant to participation agreements, also may terminate these agreements and discontinue offering their shares to the Subaccounts. In the event of a fund closure, any Contract Value you have invested in the closed fund will remain in that fund until you transfer it elsewhere. Any future allocation to the closed fund will be allocated in accordance with the instructions we have on file for you unless you instruct us otherwise.

In addition, a Subaccount may become unavailable due to the liquidation of its underlying fund portfolio. To the extent permitted by applicable law, upon notice to you and unless you otherwise instruct us, we will re-allocate any Contract Value in the liquidated fund to the money market subaccount or a subaccount investing in another underlying fund portfolio designated by us. Any future allocations to the liquidated fund will automatically be allocated according to the instructions we have on file for you unless you instruct us otherwise.

From time to time, certain of the underlying funds may merge with other funds. If a merger of an underlying fund occurs, the Contract Value allocated to the existing fund will be merged into the surviving underlying fund. Any future allocations to the merged fund will automatically be allocated according to the instructions we have on file for you unless you instruct us otherwise. If we don’t have instructions from you on file, your Purchase Payment will be allocated to the surviving underlying fund.

We may also:

•	remove, combine, or add Subaccounts and make the new Subaccounts available to you at our discretion;
•	transfer assets supporting the contracts from one Subaccount to another or from the VAA to another separate account;
•	combine the VAA with other separate accounts and/or create new separate accounts;
•	deregister the VAA under the 1940 Act; and
•	operate the VAA as a management investment company under the 1940 Act or as any other form permitted by law.

We may modify the provisions of the contracts to reflect changes to the Subaccounts and the VAA and to comply with applicable law. We will not make any changes without any necessary approval by the SEC. We will also provide you written notice.

Table of Contents

Charges and Other Deductions

We will deduct the charges described below to cover our costs and expenses, services provided and risks assumed under the contracts. We incur certain costs and expenses for the distribution and administration of the contracts and for providing the benefits payable thereunder.

Our administrative services include:

•	processing applications for and issuing the contracts;
•	processing purchases and redemptions of fund shares as required (including dollar cost averaging, cross-reinvestment, portfolio rebalancing, and automatic withdrawal services – See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs);
•	maintaining records;
•	administering Annuity Payouts;
•	furnishing accounting and valuation services (including the calculation and monitoring of daily Subaccount values);
•	reconciling and depositing cash receipts;
•	providing contract confirmations;
•	providing toll-free inquiry services; and
•	furnishing telephone and other electronic surrenders, withdrawals and fund transfer services.

The risks we assume include:

•	the risk that lifetime payments from Living Benefit Riders will exceed the Contract Value;
•	the risk that Death Benefits paid will exceed the actual Contract Value;
•	the risk that, if a Guaranteed Income Benefit rider is in effect, the required Regular Income Payments will exceed the Account Value;
•	the risk that Annuitants upon which Annuity Payouts are based live longer than we assumed when we calculated our guaranteed rates (these rates are incorporated in the contract and cannot be changed);
•	the risk that more Contractowners than expected will qualify for waivers of the surrender charge; and
•	the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges (which we cannot change).

The amount of a charge may not necessarily correspond to the costs associated with providing the services or benefits indicated by the description of the charge. For example, the surrender charge collected may not fully cover all of the sales and distribution expenses actually incurred by us. Any remaining expenses will be paid from our general account which may consist, among other things, of proceeds derived from the base contract expense charges deducted from the account. We may profit from one or more of the fees and charges deducted under the contract. We may use these profits for any corporate purpose, including financing the distribution of the contracts.

Obligations under the contracts that are funded by our general account (rather than the Variable Annuity Account) include (1) the obligation to make lifetime or other benefit payments under Living Benefit Riders that exceed the Contract Value; (2) the obligation to pay Death Benefits that exceed the Contract Value; (3) the obligation to pay Annuity Payouts that exceed the Contract Value. Payment of these benefits and obligations is subject to our claims-paying ability and financial strength. We are also responsible for providing for all of the administrative services necessary in connection with the contracts (and bearing all of the associated expenses).

Deductions from the VAA

A charge is applied to the average daily net asset value of the Subaccounts based on which contract and Death Benefit you choose. Those charges are equal to an annual rate of:

Table of Contents

	Account Value Death Benefit	Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)
B-Share:
Mortality and expense risk charge	1.15%	1.20%	1.45%
Administrative charge	0.10%	0.10%	0.10%
Total Base Contract Expense	1.25%	1.30%	1.55%
C-Share:
Mortality and expense risk charge	1.55%	1.60%	1.85%
Administrative charge	0.10%	0.10%	0.10%
Total Base Contract Expense	1.65%	1.70%	1.95%
L-Share:
Mortality and expense risk charge	1.55%	1.60%	1.85%
Administrative charge	0.10%	0.10%	0.10%
Total Base Contract Expense	1.65%	1.70%	1.95%

Surrender Charge

For B-Share and L-Share contracts only, a surrender charge applies (except as described below) to surrenders and withdrawals of Purchase Payments that have been invested for the period below. The surrender charge is calculated separately for each Purchase Payment. The contract anniversary is the annually occurring date beginning with the effective date of the contract. For example, if the effective date of your contract is January 1^st, your contract anniversary would be on January 1^stof each subsequent year.

	Surrender charge as a percentage of the surrendered or withdrawn Purchase Payments
Number of contract anniversaries since Purchase Payment was invested	B-Share	L-Share
0	7.0%	7.0%
1	7.0%	7.0%
2	6.0%	6.0%
3	6.0%	6.0%
4	5.0%	0.0%
5	4.0%	0.0%
6	3.0%	0.0%
7	0.0%	0.0%

A surrender charge does not apply to:

•	A surrender or withdrawal of a Purchase Payment beyond the seventh anniversary (B-Share) or fourth anniversary (L-Share), since the Purchase Payment was invested;
•	Withdrawals of Contract Value during a Contract Year to the extent that the total Contract Value withdrawn during the current Contract Year does not exceed the free amount. The free amount is equal to the greater of 10% of the current Contract Value or 10% of the total Purchase Payments (this does not apply upon surrender of the contract);
•	Purchase Payments used in the calculation of the initial benefit payment to be made under an Annuity Payout option, other than the i4LIFE^® Advantage option;
•	A surrender or withdrawal of any Purchase Payments, as a result of permanent and total disability of the Contractowner. Permanent and total disability is a disability that prevents the Contractowner from engaging in any occupation for remuneration or profit and which has existed continuously for a period of 12 months and begins prior to the 65^th birthday of the disabled Contractowner, provided that written proof of total disability is sent to us at our Servicing Office;
•	A surviving spouse, at the time he or she assumes ownership of the contract as a result of the death of the original owner (however, the surrender charge schedule of the original contract will continue to apply to the spouse's contract);
•	A surrender or withdrawal of any Purchase Payments, as a result of the admittance of the Contractowner to an accredited nursing home or equivalent health care facility, where the admittance into the facility occurs after the effective date of the contract and the owner has been confined for at least 90 consecutive days;
•	A surrender or withdrawal of any Purchase Payments as a result of the diagnosis of a terminal illness of the Contractowner. Diagnosis of a terminal illness must be after the effective date of the contract and results in a life expectancy of less than one year as determined by a qualified professional medical practitioner;
•	A surrender of the contract as a result of the death of the Contractowner, joint owner, or Annuitant;
•	A surrender or annuitization of any applicable Persistency Credits;

Table of Contents

•	Purchase Payments when used in the calculation of the initial Account Value under the i4LIFE^® Advantage option;
•	Regular Income Payments made under i4LIFE^® Advantage, including any payments to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, or periodic payments made under any Annuity Payout option made available by us;
•	Withdrawals up to the Protected Annual Income amount or the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount under applicable Living Benefit Riders, subject to certain conditions.

For purposes of calculating the surrender charge on withdrawals, we assume that:

1.	The free amount will be withdrawn from Purchase Payments on a first in-first out (“FIFO”) basis.

2.	Prior to the seventh anniversary (B-Share), and the fourth anniversary (L-Share), any amount withdrawn above the free amount during a Contract Year will be withdrawn in the following order:

•	from Purchase Payments (on a FIFO basis) until exhausted; then
•	from earnings until exhausted.

3.	On or after the seventh anniversary (B-Share), and the fourth anniversary (L-Share), any amount withdrawn above the free amount during a Contract Year will be withdrawn in the following order:

•	from Purchase Payments (on a FIFO basis) to which a surrender charge no longer applies until exhausted; then
•	from earnings and Persistency Credits, if any, or until exhausted; then
•	from Purchase Payments (on a FIFO basis) to which a surrender charge still applies until exhausted.

We apply the surrender charge as a percentage of Purchase Payments, which means that you would pay the same surrender charge at the time of surrender regardless of whether your Contract Value has increased or decreased. The surrender charge is calculated separately for each Purchase Payment. The surrender charges associated with surrender or withdrawal are paid to us to compensate us for the loss we experience on contract distribution costs when Contractowners surrender or withdraw before distribution costs have been recovered.

There are charges associated with surrender of a contract or withdrawal of Contract Value. You may specify whether these charges are deducted from the amount you request to be withdrawn or from the remaining Contract Value. If the charges are deducted from the remaining Contract Value, the amount of the total withdrawal will increase according to the impact of the applicable surrender charge percentage; consequently, the dollar amount of the surrender charge associated with the withdrawal will also increase. In other words, the dollar amount deducted to cover the surrender charge is also subject to a surrender charge.

If the Contractowner is a corporation or other non-individual (non-natural person), the Annuitant or joint Annuitant will be considered the Contractowner or joint owner for purposes of determining when a surrender charge does not apply.

Administrative Expense (Annual Account Fee)

During the accumulation period, we will deduct an account fee of $35 ($30 for contacts purchased prior to June 24, 2013) from the Contract Value on each contract anniversary to compensate us for the administrative services provided to you; this account fee will also be deducted from the Contract Value upon surrender. The account fee will be waived after the fifteenth Contract Year. The account fee will be waived for any contract with a Contract Value that is equal to or greater than $100,000 on the contract anniversary (or date of surrender).

Transfer Fee

We reserve the right to charge a fee of up to $25 for the 13^th and each additional transfer during any Contract Year, excluding automatic dollar cost averaging, portfolio rebalancing and cross-reinvestment transfers. The transfer charge will not be imposed on the first 12 transfers during the Contract Year.

Protected Lifetime Income Fee

A fee or expense may also be deducted in connection with any benefits added to the contract by rider or endorsement. The deduction of a protected lifetime income fee will be noted on your quarterly statement.

A discussion of the charges for closed riders can be found in an Appendix to this prospectus.

Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select ^SMAdvantage, and 4LATER ^®Select Advantage Fees. If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, there is a fee associated with that rider for as long as the rider is in effect.

The protected lifetime income fee rates for new rider elections are disclosed in a Rate Sheet prospectus supplement. The Rate Sheet indicates the current rates and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may be superseded at any time in our sole discretion and may be higher or lower than the charge rate on the previous Rate Sheet. Rate information for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

Table of Contents

Any change to the protected lifetime income fee rate will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet at least ten days before rate becomes effective. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583.

The fee:

•	is based on the Protected Income Base (initial Purchase Payment if purchased at contract issue, or Contract Value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Account Value Step-ups, Enhancements, and as decreased for Excess Withdrawals. (The Protected Income Base is decreased by all withdrawals under 4LATER ^®Select Advantage.); and
•	may increase every Benefit Year upon an Enhancement that occurs after the tenth Benefit Year anniversary, or upon an Account Value Step-up. (You may opt out of this increase – see details below.)

The fee will be deducted from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis. The first deduction of the fee will occur on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the rider’s effective date. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each Subaccount on the Valuation Date the protected lifetime income fee is assessed. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Protected Income Base increases or decreases, because the fee is based on the Protected Income Base. Refer to Living Benefit Riders for a discussion and example of the impact of the changes to the Protected Income Base.

The fee rate can change each time there is an Account Value Step-up. Since the Account Value Step-up could increase your Protected Income Base every Benefit Year (if all conditions are met), the fee rate could also increase every Benefit Year, but the rate will never exceed the stated guaranteed maximum annual fee rate. If your fee rate is increased, you may opt out of the Account Value Step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your rate to change. If you opt out of the step-up, the fee rate and the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base, if applicable, will return to the value they were immediately prior to the step-up, adjusted for any additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals (or all withdrawals under 4LATER ^®Select Advantage). This opt out will only apply for this particular Account Value Step-up. You will need to notify us each time the fee rate increases if you want to opt out of subsequent Account Value Step-ups. If you opt out of an Account Value Step-up, you are still eligible for an Enhancement, if applicable, through the end of the Enhancement Period, including in the year you declined the Account Value Step-up.

The annual protected lifetime income fee rate will increase to the then current rate not to exceed the guaranteed maximum annual fee rate, if after the first Benefit Year anniversary cumulative Purchase Payments added to the contract equal or exceed $100,000. You may not opt out of this protected lifetime income fee rate increase. See Living Benefit Riders.

The following paragraph applies to all the above-listed Living Benefit Riders except:

•	Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage riders elected prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 if elected after contract issue); and
•	4LATER ^®Select Advantage riders elected prior November 19, 2018.

An Enhancement to the Protected Income Base (less Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year) occurs if a 10-year Enhancement Period is in effect (as described further in the Living Benefit Rider section). During the first ten Benefit Years, an increase in the Protected Income Base as a result of the Enhancement will not cause an increase in the annual protected lifetime income fee rate but will increase the dollar amount of the fee. After the tenth Benefit Year anniversary, if the Enhancement Period has renewed, the protected lifetime income fee may increase each time the Protected Income Base increases as a result of the Enhancement. Since the Enhancement could increase your Protected Income Base each Benefit Year, your fee rate could increase each Benefit Year, but the fee rate will never exceed the stated guaranteed maximum annual fee rate. If your fee rate is increased, you may opt out of the Enhancement by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your fee rate to change. If you opt out of the Enhancement, the fee rate and the Protected Income Base will return to the value they were immediately prior to the Enhancement, adjusted for additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals (or all withdrawals under 4LATER ^®Select Advantage), if any, and the Enhancement will not be applied. This opt out will only apply for this particular Enhancement. You will need to notify us each time thereafter (if an Enhancement would cause your fee rate to increase) if you do not want the Enhancement.

The fee will be discontinued upon termination of the rider. However, a portion of the protected lifetime income fee, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except for death), surrender of the contract, or the election of an Annuity Payout option, including i4LIFE ^®Advantage. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero, no further fee will be deducted.

i4LIFE ^®Advantage Charge. While this rider is in effect there is a daily charge for i4LIFE ^®Advantage that is based on your Account Value. The annual i4LIFE ^®Advantage charge rate is 0.40%. This rate is added to your base contract expense.

The initial Account Value is your Contract Value on the Valuation Date i4LIFE ^®Advantage is effective, less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, your Account Value equals the total value of all of the Contractowner's Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner's value in the fixed account, and will be reduced by Regular Income Payments, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, and any withdrawals.

Table of Contents

i4LIFE ^®Advantage and the charge will begin on the Periodic Income Commencement Date which is the Valuation Date on which the Regular Income Payment is determined and the beginning of the Access Period. Refer to the i4LIFE ^®Advantage section for explanations of the Account Value, the Access Period, the Lifetime Income Period, and the Periodic Income Commencement Date.

i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge. The current annual charge rates for new elections of i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit are disclosed in a Rate Sheet prospectus supplement.

The Rate Sheet indicates current rates and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may be superseded at any time in our sole discretion and may be higher or lower than the charge rate on the previous Rate Sheet. Rate information for previous effective periods are included in the Expense Table and in an Appendix to this prospectus.

Any change to the i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit fee rate will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet at least ten days before a rate becomes effective. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583.

The Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate is based on your Account Value and is added to the i4LIFE ^®Advantage charge rate.

Purchasers of any version of Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0, Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage, 4LATER ^®Select Advantage or 4LATER ^®Advantage (Managed Risk) may have different charges for i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. See i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider.

The Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge rate will not change after the rider is elected unless there is an automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit during which the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped-up to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment (described later in the i4LIFE ^® Advantage section of this prospectus). At the time of the step-up, the Guaranteed Income Benefit charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect at that time (if the current charge rate has changed) up to the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate.

If we automatically administer the step-up for you and your charge rate is increased, you may ask us to reverse the step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the date on which the step-up occurred. If we receive notice of your request to reverse the step-up, on a going forward basis we will decrease the charge rate to the charge rate in effect before the step-up occurred. Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. Future step-ups will continue even after you decline a current step-up. We will provide you with written notice when a step-up has resulted in an increase to the current charge rate so that you may give us timely notice if you wish to reverse a step-up.

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, the Guaranteed Income Benefit annual charge will also terminate, but the i4LIFE ^® Advantage charge will continue.

i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider. If you have elected Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage or 4LATER ^®Select Advantage (a “Prior Rider”), you may carry over certain features of that Prior Rider to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. If you make this transition, your protected lifetime income fee of the Prior Rider will be the initial charge rate for your i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit rider.

The current annual charge rate for transitions from a Prior Rider is disclosed in a Rate Sheet prospectus supplement. The Rate Sheet indicates the current rider charge rate and the date by which your rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with that rate. The rates may be superseded at any time in our sole discretion and may be higher or lower than the rate on the previous Rate Sheet.

Any change to the annual charge rate will be disclosed in a new Rate Sheet before that rate becomes effective. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheets by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at the telephone number listed in the prospectus.

This section applies to all of the transitions listed in the following chart. The charges and calculations described earlier in the i 4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge section will not apply. If you are transitioning to i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit from a closed rider (not shown below), see Appendix C for a discussion of the fees.

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to...
Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)	i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)
Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage riders elected on or after August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners); or 4LATER ^®Select Advantage	i4LIFE ^®Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit
Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage riders elected prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners)	i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)

Table of Contents

The charge will not change unless there is an automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit (described in the i4LIFE ^®Advantage section of this prospectus). At such time, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increased and 2) the charge will also increase by the percentage of any increase to the Prior Rider current charge rate. (The Prior Rider charge rate continues to be used as a factor in determining the i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) This means that the charge may change annually. The charge may also be reduced if a withdrawal above the Regular Income Payment is taken. The dollar amount of the protected lifetime income fee will be reduced in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value. The annual dollar amount is divided by four (4) to determine the quarterly charge.

The following example is intended to show how the initial i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge for purchasers of a Prior Rider could be calculated for a representative male Contractowner, as well as the impact to the charge due to increases to the Guaranteed Income Benefit and the Prior Rider fee rate. For illustration purposes, we will assume that the example is a nonqualified contract and the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is set at 4% of the Protected Income Base based upon the Contractowner’s age (see Guaranteed Income Benefit for a more detailed description). The example also assumes that the protected lifetime income fee for the Prior Rider is 1.25% (single life option). The first example demonstrates how the initial charge may be determined for an existing contract with an Account Value and Protected Income Base. This calculation method applies to the purchase of any Prior Rider, except the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit rates and charges may vary, as set forth in the Guaranteed Income Benefit description later in this prospectus. The charges and rates shown here may be different from those that apply to your contract. The calculation of the charge for your contract will be based on the specific factors applicable to your contract.

1/1/20 Initial i4LIFE ^®Advantage Account Value	$ 100,000
1/1/20 Protected Income Base as of the last Valuation Date under the Prior Rider	$ 125,000
1/1/20 Initial Annual Charge for i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($125,000 x 1.25%). The protected lifetime income fee for the Prior Rider is assessed against the Protected Income Base since it is larger than the Account Value	$1,562.50
1/2/20 Amount of initial i4LIFE ^®Advantage Regular Income Payment (an example of how the Regular Income Payment is calculated is shown in the SAI)	$ 5,173
1/2/20 Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4% x $125,000 Protected Income Base)	$ 5,000

The next example shows how the charge will increase if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is stepped up to 75% of the Regular Income Payment.

1/2/21 Recalculated Regular Income Payment (due to market gain in Account Value)	$ 6,900
1/2/21 New Guaranteed Income Benefit (75% x $6,900 Regular Income Payment)	$ 5,175
1/2/21 Annual Charge for i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($1,562.50 x ($5,175/$5,000)) Prior charge x [ratio of increased Guaranteed Income Benefit to prior Guaranteed Income Benefit]	$1,617.19

Continuing the above example:

1/2/21 Annual Charge for i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit	$1,617.19
1/2/22 Recalculated Regular Income Payment (due to Account Value increase)	$ 7,400
1/2/22 New Guaranteed Income Benefit (75% x $7,400 Regular Income Payment)	$ 5,550
Assume the Prior Rider fee rate increases from 1.25% to 1.35%.
1/2/22 Annual Charge for i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit ($1,617.19 x ($5,550/$5,175) x (1.35%/1.25%))	$1,873.13

The new annual charge for i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is $1,873.13, which is equal to the current annual charge of $1,617.19 multiplied by the percentage increase of the Guaranteed Income Benefit ($5,550/$5,175) and then multiplied by the percentage increase to the Prior Rider protected lifetime income fee (1.35%/1.25%).

If the charge rate of your Prior Rider is increased, we will notify you in writing. You may contact us in writing or at the telephone number listed on the first page of this prospectus to reverse the step-up within 30 days after the date on which the step-up occurred. If we receive this notice, we will decrease the charge rate, on a going forward basis, to the charge rate in effect before the step-up occurred.

Table of Contents

Any increased charges paid between the time of the step-up and the date we receive your notice to reverse the step-up will not be reimbursed. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit increased due to the step-up we would decrease the Guaranteed Income Benefit to the Guaranteed Income Benefit in effect before the step-up occurred, reduced by any additional withdrawals. Future step-ups as described in the rider would continue.

After the Periodic Income Commencement Date, if the Guaranteed Income Benefit is terminated, i4LIFE ^®Advantage will also be terminated and the i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge will cease. A portion of the i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider.

Deductions for Premium Taxes

Any premium tax or other tax levied by any governmental entity as a result of the existence of the contracts or the VAA will be deducted from the Contract Value, unless the governmental entity dictates otherwise, when incurred, or at another time of our choosing.

The applicable premium tax rates that states and other governmental entities impose on the purchase of an annuity are subject to change by legislation, by administrative interpretation or by judicial action. These premium tax rates generally depend upon the law of your state of residence. Currently, there is no premium tax levied for New York residents.

Other Charges and Deductions

A contract expense of 1.40% (for all contracts) of the value in the VAA will be assessed on all variable Annuity Payouts (except for i4LIFE ^®Advantage, which has a different charge), including options that may be offered that do not have a life contingency and therefore no mortality risk. This charge includes the mortality and expense risk and administrative charge. The expense risk is the risk that our costs in providing the services will exceed our revenues from contract charges.

There are additional deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the underlying funds that are more fully described in the prospectuses for the funds. Among these deductions and expenses are 12b-1 fees which reimburse us or an affiliate for certain expenses incurred in connection with certain administrative and distribution support services provided to the funds.

Additional Information

The charges described previously may be reduced or eliminated for any particular contract. However, these reductions may be available only to the extent that we anticipate lower distribution and/or administrative expenses, or that we perform fewer sales or administrative services than those originally contemplated in establishing the level of those charges, or when required by law. Lower distribution and administrative expenses may be the result of economies associated with:

•	the use of mass enrollment procedures,
•	the performance of administrative or sales functions by the employer,
•	the use by an employer of automated techniques in submitting deposits or information related to deposits on behalf of its employees, or
•	any other circumstances which reduce distribution or administrative expenses.

The exact amount of charges and fees applicable to a particular contract will be stated in that contract.

The Contracts

Contracts Offered in this Prospectus

This prospectus describes three share classes:

•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries B-Share
•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries C-Share
•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries L-Share

Each share class offers you the ability to choose any of the Death Benefits, Living Benefit Riders, and payout options described in this prospectus, as long as they are currently available. Each contract has its own ongoing fees, expenses and applicable surrender charge schedule. In deciding what contract to purchase, you should consider the amount of the ongoing fees, expenses and surrender charges you are willing to accept relative to your needs. In deciding whether to purchase any of the enhanced Death Benefits or other optional benefits, you should consider the desirability of the benefit relative to its additional cost and to your needs.

An enhanced Death Benefit and optional Living Benefit Riders may be available for an additional charge, and are described later in this prospectus. You should check with your registered representative regarding availability.

Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series B-Share

Table of Contents

The B-Share contract has ongoing fees and expenses ranging from 1.25% to 1.55%, depending on which Death Benefit you have elected. It has a declining seven-year surrender charge on each Purchase Payment.

Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series C-Share

The C-Share contract has ongoing fees and expenses ranging from 1.65% to 1.95%, depending on which Death Benefit you have elected. Contractowners will receive Persistency Credits on a quarterly basis after the twelfth contract anniversary. See The Contracts – Persistency Credits.

Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series L-Share

The L-Share contract has ongoing fees and expenses ranging from 1.65% to 1.95%, depending on which Death Benefit you have elected. It has a declining four-year surrender charge on each Purchase Payment. Contractowners will receive Persistency Credits on a quarterly basis after the seventh contract anniversary. See The Contracts - Persistency Credits.

The B-Share contract has a longer surrender charge period than the L-Share. This means that it offers less liquidity than the L-Share but it has lower ongoing fees and expenses. The C-Share contract has no surrender charge, and offers greater liquidity than both the B-Share and the L-Share, but has higher ongoing fees and expenses. The L-Share contract offers greater liquidity than the B-Share but has higher ongoing fees and expenses. Quarterly Persistency Credits apply to the C-Share contract after the twelfth anniversary and to the L-Share contract after the seventh anniversary. The B-Share contract may be more appropriate for someone with a longer investment time horizon, who does not intend to withdraw Contract Value in excess of the free withdrawal amount during the surrender charge period, and who seeks a lower cost contract. The C-Share contract may be more appropriate for someone who may want to withdraw Contract Value in excess of the free withdrawal amount soon after purchasing the Contract, and is willing to pay higher ongoing fees and expenses. The L-Share contract may be more appropriate for someone who may want to withdraw Contract Value in excess of the free withdrawal amount four years after purchasing the contract and is willing to pay higher ongoing fees and expenses.

Purchasing an optional Living Benefit Rider under a C-Share or an L-Share contract and paying a higher separate account charge, in order to have more liquidity earlier in the Contract, may not always be compatible. This is because you should typically own your contract over the long term in order to get the maximum benefit from these types of Living Benefit Riders. For example, the longer you wait to make a withdrawal, the greater your withdrawal percentage may be, or there may be a certain number of years before you can use the benefit.

You should determine the appropriate balance among (a) more liquidity earlier in the contract; (b) the impact of the separate account charge on your Contract Value; and (c) the period of time that you must own the contract to receive the desired benefit from any optional Living Benefit Rider you purchase.

Purchase of Contracts

If you wish to purchase a contract, you must apply for it through a registered representative authorized by us. The completed application is sent to us and we decide whether to accept or reject it. If the application is accepted, a contract is prepared and executed by our legally authorized officers. The contract is then sent to you either directly or through your registered representative. See Distribution of the Contracts. The purchase of multiple contracts with identical Contractowners, Annuitants and Beneficiaries will be allowed only upon Servicing Office approval.

When a completed application and all other information necessary for processing a purchase order is received in Good Order at our Servicing Office, an initial Purchase Payment will be priced no later than two business days after we receive the order. If you submit your application and/or initial Purchase Payment to your registered representative, we will not begin processing your purchase order until we receive the application and initial Purchase Payment from your registered representative’s broker-dealer. While attempting to finish an incomplete application, we may hold the initial Purchase Payment for no more than five business days unless we receive your consent to our retaining the payment until the application is completed. If the incomplete application cannot be completed within those five days and we have not received your consent, you will be informed of the reasons, and the Purchase Payment will be returned immediately. Once the application is complete, we will allocate your initial Purchase Payment within two business days.

Who Can Invest

To apply for a contract, you must be of legal age in a state where the contracts may be lawfully sold and also be eligible to participate in any of the qualified or nonqualified plans for which the contracts are designed. At the time of issue, the Contractowner, joint owner and Annuitant must be under age 86 (or for C-Share nonqualified contracts only, under age 90, subject to additional terms and limitations and Servicing Office approval). Certain Death Benefit options may not be available at all ages. Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account in an effort to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities. When you open an account, we will ask for your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license, photo i.d. or other identifying documents.

In accordance with anti-money laundering laws and federal economic sanction policy, the Company may be required in a given instance to reject a Purchase Payment and/or freeze a Contractowner’s account. This means we could refuse to honor requests for

Table of Contents

transfers, withdrawals, surrenders or Death Benefits. Once frozen, monies would be moved from the VAA and fixed account, if any, to an interest-bearing account maintained solely for the Contractowner, and held in that account until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator.

Do not purchase this contract if you plan to use it, or any of its riders, for speculation, arbitrage, viatical arrangement, or other similar investment scheme. The contract may not be resold, traded on any stock exchange, or sold on any secondary market.

If you are purchasing the contract through a tax-favored arrangement, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs, you should consider carefully the costs and benefits of the contract (including annuity income benefits) before purchasing the contract, since the tax-favored arrangement itself provides tax-deferred growth.

Replacement of Existing Insurance

Careful consideration should be given prior to surrendering or withdrawing money from an existing insurance contract to purchase a contract described in this prospectus. Surrender charges may be imposed on your existing contract and/or a new surrender charge period may be imposed with the purchase of, or transfer into, this contract. The benefits offered under this contract may be less favorable or more favorable than the benefits offered under your current contract. It also may have different charges. You should also consult with your registered representative and/or your tax advisor prior to making an exchange. Cash surrenders from an existing contract may be subject to tax and tax penalties.

Purchase Payments

You may make Purchase Payments to the contract at any time, prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, subject to certain conditions. You are not required to make any additional Purchase Payments after the initial Purchase Payment. The minimum initial Purchase Payment is $10,000. The minimum initial Contract Value for nonqualified C-Share contracts where i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected, and where the Contractowner, joint owner and/or Annuitant are ages 86 to 89 (subject to additional terms and limitations and Servicing Office approval) is $50,000. The minimum annual amount for additional Purchase Payments is $300. Please check with your registered representative about making additional Purchase Payments. The minimum payment to the contract at any one time must be at least $100 ($25 if transmitted electronically). If a Purchase Payment is submitted that does not meet the minimum amount, we will contact you to ask whether additional money will be sent, or whether we should return the Purchase Payment to you.

Purchase Payments totaling $1 million or more are subject to Servicing Office approval. This amount takes into consideration the total Purchase Payments for all variable annuity contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) (excluding Lincoln Investor Advantage^® and Lincoln Level Advantage^SM contracts) for the same Contractowner, joint owner, and/or Annuitant. If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, you may be subject to further restrictions in terms of your ability to make additional Purchase Payments, as more fully described below. We may surrender your contract in accordance with New York law, if your Contract Value drops below $2,000 for any reason, including if your Contract Value drops due to the performance of the Subaccounts you selected. We will not surrender your contract if you are receiving guaranteed payments from us under one of the Living Benefit Riders. Purchase Payments may be made or, if stopped, resumed at any time until the Annuity Commencement Date, the surrender of the contract, or the death of the Contractowner, whichever comes first.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date under any Living Benefit Rider (except as noted below), additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed:

•	at any time after the Periodic Income Commencement Date if you elect any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit; or
•	at any time after the Periodic Income Commencement Date if you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit on a nonqualified contract

For more information about these restrictions and limitations, see The Contracts – Purchase Payments.

In addition to the specific Purchase Payment restrictions and limitations immediately above, upon advance written notice, we reserve the right to further limit, restrict, or suspend Purchase Payments made to the contract.

These restrictions and limitations will limit your ability to increase your Contract Value (or Account Value under i4LIFE^® Advantage with any version of Guaranteed Income Benefit) and/or increase the amount of any guaranteed benefit under a Living Benefit Rider by making additional Purchase Payments to the contract. You should carefully consider these limitations and restrictions, and any other limitations and restrictions of the contract, and how they may impact your long-term investment plans, especially if you intend to increase Contract Value (or Account Value under any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit) by making additional Purchase Payments over a long period of time. Please contact your registered representative and refer to the Living Benefit Riders section of this prospectus for additional information on any restrictions that may apply to your Living Benefit Rider.

Table of Contents

Persistency Credits

Contractowners of the C-Share contract will receive a Persistency Credit on a quarterly basis after the twelfth contract anniversary. The amount of the Persistency Credit is calculated by multiplying the Contract Value, less any Purchase Payments that have not been invested in the contract for at least twelve years, by 0.10%. Contractowners of the L-Share contract will receive a Persistency Credit on a quarterly basis after the seventh contract anniversary. The amount of the Persistency Credit is calculated by multiplying the Contract Value, less any Purchase Payments that have not been invested in the contract for at least seven years, by 0.10%. This Persistency Credit will be allocated to the variable Subaccounts and the DCA fixed account in proportion to the Contract Value in each variable Subaccount and fixed Subaccount at the time the Persistency Credit is paid into the contract.

There is no additional charge to receive this Persistency Credit, and in no case will the Persistency Credit be less than zero. The amount of any Persistency Credit received will be noted on your quarterly statement.

Valuation Date

Accumulation and Annuity Units will be valued once daily at the close of trading (normally, 4:00 p.m., New York time) on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open (Valuation Date). On any date other than a Valuation Date, the Accumulation Unit value and the Annuity Unit value will not change.

Allocation of Purchase Payments

Purchase Payments allocated to the variable side of the contract are placed into the VAA’s Subaccounts, according to your instructions. You may also allocate Purchase Payments to the fixed account, if available. In the absence of instructions accompanying the Purchase Payment or otherwise not being in Good Order, we will allocate the Purchase Payment in the same manner as your last Purchase Payment or, if not possible, otherwise contact you or your registered representative for additional information.

The minimum amount of any Purchase Payment which can be put into any one Subaccount is $20. The minimum amount of any Purchase Payment which can be put into a fixed account is $2,000.

Purchase Payments received from you or your broker-dealer in Good Order at our Servicing Office prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time), will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date. Purchase Payments received in Good Order after market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. Purchase Payments submitted to your registered representative will generally not be processed by us until they are received from your registered representative’s broker-dealer. If your broker-dealer submits your Purchase Payment to us through the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation (DTCC) or, pursuant to terms agreeable to us, uses a proprietary order placement system to submit your Purchase Payment to us, and your Purchase Payment was placed with your broker-dealer prior to market close, then we will use the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date when processing your Purchase Payment. Purchase Payments placed with your broker-dealer after market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. There may be circumstances under which the New York Stock Exchange may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances, Purchase Payments received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

The number of Accumulation Units determined in this way is not impacted by any subsequent change in the value of an Accumulation Unit. However, the dollar value of an Accumulation Unit will vary depending not only upon how well the underlying fund’s investments perform, but also upon the expenses of the VAA and the underlying funds.

If an underlying fund imposes restrictions with respect to the acceptance of Purchase Payments, allocations or transfers, we reserve the right to reject an allocation or transfer request at any time the underlying fund notifies us of such a restriction. We will notify you if your allocation request is or becomes subject to such restrictions.

Valuation of Accumulation Units

Purchase Payments allocated to the VAA are converted into Accumulation Units. This is done by dividing the amount allocated by the value of an Accumulation Unit for the Valuation Period during which the Purchase Payments are allocated to the VAA. The Accumulation Unit value for each Subaccount was or will be established at the inception of the Subaccount. It may increase or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation Period. Accumulation Unit values are affected by investment performance of the funds, fund expenses, and the contract charges. The Accumulation Unit value for a Subaccount for a later Valuation Period is determined as follows:

1.	The total value of the fund shares held in the Subaccount is calculated by multiplying the number of fund shares owned by the Subaccount at the beginning of the Valuation Period by the net asset value per share of the fund at the end of the Valuation Period, and adding any dividend or other distribution of the fund if an ex-dividend date occurs during the Valuation Period; minus
2.	The liabilities of the Subaccount at the end of the Valuation Period; these liabilities include daily charges imposed on the Subaccount, and may include a charge or credit with respect to any taxes paid or reserved for by us that we determine result from the operations of the VAA; and

Table of Contents

3.	The result is divided by the number of Subaccount units outstanding at the beginning of the Valuation Period.

The daily charges imposed on a Subaccount for any Valuation Period are equal to the daily base contract expense multiplied by the number of calendar days in the Valuation Period. Contracts with different features have different daily charges, and therefore, will have different corresponding Accumulation Unit values on any given day. In certain circumstances (for example, when separate account assets are less than $1,000), and when permitted by law, it may be prudent for us to use a different standard industry method for this calculation, called the Net Investment Factor method. We will achieve substantially the same result using either method.

Transfers On or Before the Annuity Commencement Date

After the first 30 days from the effective date of your contract, you may transfer all or a portion of your investment from one Subaccount to another. A transfer among Subaccounts involves the surrender of Accumulation Units in one Subaccount and the purchase of Accumulation Units in the other Subaccount. A transfer will be done using the respective Accumulation Unit values determined at the end of the Valuation Date on which the transfer request is received.

Transfers (among the Subaccounts and as permitted between the variable and fixed accounts) are limited to 12 per Contract Year unless otherwise authorized by us. Currently there is no charge for a transfer. However, we reserve the right to impose a charge in the future of up to $25 per transfer, for transfers after the first 12 within a Contract Year. This limit does not apply to transfers made under the automatic transfer programs of dollar cost averaging, cross-reinvestment or portfolio rebalancing. See Additional Services and the SAI for more information on these programs. These transfer rights and restrictions also apply during the i4LIFE^® Advantage Access Period (the time period during which you may make withdrawals from the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value). See i4LIFE^® Advantage.

The minimum amount which may be transferred between Subaccounts is $300 (or the entire amount in the Subaccount, if less than $300). If the transfer from a Subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the Subaccount, we may transfer the total balance of the Subaccount.

A transfer request may be made to our Servicing Office in writing or by fax. A transfer request may also be made by telephone or other electronic means, provided the appropriate authorization is on file with us. Our address, telephone number, and Internet address are on the first page of this prospectus. Requests for transfers will be processed on the Valuation Date that they are received when they are received in Good Order at our Servicing Office before the close of the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time). If we receive a transfer request in Good Order after market close, we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

There may be circumstances under which the New York Stock Exchange may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances transfers received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date.

We may defer or reject a transfer request that is subject to a restriction imposed by an underlying fund.

After the first 30 days from the effective date of your contract, if your contract offers a fixed account, you may also transfer all or any part of the Contract Value from the Subaccount(s) to the fixed side of the contract, except during periods when (if permitted by your contract) we have discontinued accepting transfers into the fixed side of the contract. The minimum amount which can be transferred to a fixed account is $2,000 or the total amount in the Subaccount if less than $2,000. However, if a transfer from a Subaccount would leave you with less than $300 in the Subaccount, we may transfer the total amount to the fixed side of the contract.

You may also transfer part of the Contract Value from a fixed account to the Subaccount(s) subject to the following restrictions:

•	total fixed account transfers are limited to 25% of the value of that fixed account in any 12-month period; and
•	the minimum amount that can be transferred is $300 or, if less, the amount in the fixed account.

Because of these restrictions, it may take several years to transfer all of the Contract Value in the fixed accounts to the Subaccounts. You should carefully consider whether the fixed account meets your investment criteria.

Transfers may be delayed as permitted by the 1940 Act. See Delay of Payments.

Telephone and Electronic Transactions

A surrender, withdrawal, or transfer request may be made to our Servicing Office in writing or by fax. These transactions may also be made by telephone or other electronic means, provided the appropriate authorization is on file with us. In order to prevent unauthorized or fraudulent transfers, we may require certain identifying information before we will act upon instructions. We may also assign the Contractowner a Personal Identification Number (PIN) to serve as identification. We will not be liable for following instructions we reasonably believe are genuine. Telephone and other electronic requests will be recorded and written confirmation of all transactions will be mailed or sent electronically to the Contractowner on the next Valuation Date.

Please note that the telephone and/or electronic devices may not always be available. Any telephone, fax machine or other electronic device, whether it is yours, your service provider’s, or your registered representative’s, can experience outages or slowdowns for a

Table of Contents

variety of reasons. These outages or slowdowns may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to limit these problems, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you are experiencing problems, you should make your request by writing to our Servicing Office.

Market Timing

Frequent, large, or short-term transfers among Subaccounts and the fixed account, such as those associated with “market timing” transactions, can affect the funds and their investment returns. Such transfers may dilute the value of the fund shares, interfere with the efficient management of the fund's portfolio, and increase brokerage and administrative costs of the funds. As an effort to protect our Contractowners and the funds from potentially harmful trading activity, we utilize certain market timing policies and procedures (the “Market Timing Procedures”). Our Market Timing Procedures are designed to detect and prevent such transfer activity among the Subaccounts and the fixed account that may affect other Contractowners or fund shareholders.

In addition, the funds may have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of their respective shares. The prospectuses for the funds describe any such policies and procedures, which may be more or less restrictive than the frequent trading policies and procedures of other funds and the Market Timing Procedures we have adopted to discourage frequent transfers among Subaccounts. While we reserve the right to enforce these policies and procedures, Contractowners and other persons with interests under the contracts should be aware that we may not have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the frequent trading policies and procedures of the funds. However, under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each fund or its principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the fund promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual Contractowners, and (2) execute instructions from the fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific Contractowners who violate the excessive trading policies established by the fund.

You should be aware that the purchase and redemption orders received by the funds generally are “omnibus” orders from intermediaries such as retirement plans or separate accounts funding variable insurance contracts. The omnibus orders reflect the aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual retirement plan participants and/or individual owners of variable insurance contracts. The omnibus nature of these orders may limit the funds’ ability to apply their respective disruptive trading policies and procedures. We cannot guarantee that the funds (and thus our Contractowners) will not be harmed by transfer activity relating to the retirement plans and/or other insurance companies that may invest in the funds. In addition, if a fund believes that an omnibus order we submit may reflect one or more transfer requests from Contractowners engaged in disruptive trading activity, the fund may reject the entire omnibus order.

Our Market Timing Procedures detect potential “market timers” by examining the number of transfers made by Contractowners within given periods of time. In addition, managers of the funds might contact us if they believe or suspect that there is market timing. If requested by a fund company, we may vary our Market Timing Procedures from Subaccount to Subaccount to comply with specific fund policies and procedures.

We may increase our monitoring of Contractowners who we have previously identified as market timers. When applying the parameters used to detect market timers, we will consider multiple contracts owned by the same Contractowner if that Contractowner has been identified as a market timer. For each Contractowner, we will investigate the transfer patterns that meet the parameters being used to detect potential market timers. We will also investigate any patterns of trading behavior identified by the funds that may not have been captured by our Market Timing Procedures.

Once a Contractowner has been identified as a market timer under our Market Timing Procedures, we will notify the Contractowner in writing that future transfers (among the Subaccounts and/or the fixed account) will be temporarily permitted to be made only by original signature sent to us by U.S. mail, first-class delivery for the remainder of the Contract Year (or calendar year if the contract is an individual contract that was sold in connection with an employer sponsored plan). Overnight delivery or electronic instructions (which may include telephone, facsimile, or Internet instructions) submitted during this period will not be accepted. If overnight delivery or electronic instructions are inadvertently accepted from a Contractowner that has been identified as a market timer, upon discovery, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will impose this “original signature” restriction on that Contractowner even if we cannot identify, in the particular circumstances, any harmful effect from that Contractowner's particular transfers.

Contractowners seeking to engage in frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity may deploy a variety of strategies to avoid detection. Our ability to detect such transfer activity may be limited by operational systems and technological limitations. The identification of Contractowners determined to be engaged in such transfer activity that may adversely affect other Contractowners or fund shareholders involves judgments that are inherently subjective. We cannot guarantee that our Market Timing Procedures will detect every potential market timer. If we are unable to detect market timers, you may experience dilution in the value of your fund shares and increased brokerage and administrative costs in the funds. This may result in lower long-term returns for your investments.

Our Market Timing Procedures are applied consistently to all Contractowners. An exception for any Contractowner will be made only in the event we are required to do so by a court of law. In addition, certain funds available as investment options in your contract may also be available as investment options for owners of other, older life insurance policies issued by us. Some of these older life insurance policies do not provide a contractual basis for us to restrict or refuse transfers which are suspected to be market timing activity.

Table of Contents

In addition, because other insurance companies and/or retirement plans may invest in the funds, we cannot guarantee that the funds will not suffer harm from frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity among Subaccounts and the fixed accounts of variable contracts issued by other insurance companies or among investment options available to retirement plan participants.

In our sole discretion, we may revise our Market Timing Procedures at any time without prior notice as necessary to better detect and deter frequent, large, or short-term transfer activity to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, and/or to impose additional or alternate restrictions on market timers (such as dollar or percentage limits on transfers). If we modify our Market Timing Procedures, they will be applied uniformly to all Contractowners or as applicable to all Contractowners investing in underlying funds.

Some of the funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests from us if, in the judgment of the fund’s investment adviser, the fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective or policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected. To the extent permitted by applicable law, we reserve the right to defer or reject a transfer request at any time that we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the funds available through the VAA, including any refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions of the fund shares as a result of the funds' own policies and procedures on market timing activities. If a fund refuses to accept a transfer request we have already processed, we will reverse the transaction within 1 or 2 business days. We will notify you in writing if we have reversed, restricted or refused any of your transfer requests. Some funds also may impose redemption fees on short-term trading (i.e., redemptions of mutual fund shares within a certain number of business days after purchase). We reserve the right to administer and collect any such redemption fees on behalf of the funds. You should read the prospectuses of the funds for more details on their redemption fees and their ability to refuse or restrict purchases or redemptions of their shares.

Transfers After the Annuity Commencement Date

You may transfer all or a portion of your investment in one Subaccount to another Subaccount or to the fixed side of the contract, as permitted under your contract. Those transfers will be limited to three times per Contract Year. You may also transfer from a variable Annuity Payout to a fixed Annuity Payout. You may not transfer from a fixed Annuity Payout to a variable Annuity Payout. Once elected, the fixed Annuity Payout is irrevocable.

These provisions also apply during the i4LIFE^® Advantage Lifetime Income Period. See i4LIFE^® Advantage.

Ownership

The Contractowner on the date of issue will be the person or entity designated in the contract specifications. The Contractowner of a nonqualified contract may name a joint owner.

As Contractowner, you have all rights under the contract. According to New York law, the assets of the VAA are held for the exclusive benefit of all Contractowners and their designated Beneficiaries; and the assets of the VAA are not chargeable with liabilities arising from any other business that we may conduct. We reserve the right to approve all ownership and Annuitant changes. Nonqualified contracts may not be sold, discounted, or pledged as collateral for a loan or for any other purpose. Qualified contracts are not transferable unless allowed under applicable law. Assignments may have an adverse impact on any Death Benefit or benefits offered under Living Benefit Riders in this product and may be prohibited under the terms of a particular rider. We assume no responsibility for the validity or effect of any assignment. Consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences of an assignment.

Joint Ownership

If a contract has joint owners, the joint owners shall be treated as having equal undivided interests in the contract. Either owner, independently of the other, may exercise any ownership rights in this contract. Not more than two owners (an owner and joint owner) may be named and contingent owners are not permitted.

Annuitant

The following rules apply prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You may name only one Annuitant (unless you are a tax-exempt entity, then you can name two joint Annuitants). You (if the Contractowner is a natural person) have the right to change the Annuitant at any time by notifying us in writing of the change. However, we reserve the right to approve all Annuitant changes. This may not be allowed if certain riders are in effect. The new Annuitant must be under age 86 (or for C-Share nonqualified contracts only, for Annuitant changes made to contracts issued on and after January 20, 2015, under age 90) as of the effective date of the change. This change may cause a reduction in the Death Benefits or benefits offered under Living Benefit Riders. See The Contracts – Death Benefit and Living Benefit Riders. A contingent Annuitant may be named or changed by notifying us in writing. Contingent Annuitants are not allowed on contracts owned by non-natural owners. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Annuitant or joint Annuitants may not be changed and contingent Annuitant designations are no longer applicable.

Surrenders and Withdrawals

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, we will allow the surrender of the contract or a withdrawal of the Contract Value upon your written request on an approved Lincoln distribution request form (available from the Servicing Office), fax, or other electronic means.

Table of Contents

Withdrawal requests may be made by telephone or our website, subject to certain restrictions. All surrenders and withdrawals may be made in accordance with the rules discussed below. Surrender or withdrawal rights after the Annuity Commencement Date depend on the Annuity Payout option selected.

The amount available upon surrender/withdrawal is the Contract Value less any applicable charges, fees, and taxes at the end of the Valuation Period during which the written request for surrender/withdrawal is received in Good Order at the Servicing Office. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in Good Order at our Servicing Office before the close of the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., New York time), we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on that Valuation Date. If we receive a surrender or withdrawal request in Good Order at our Servicing Office after market close, we will process the request using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. There may be circumstances under which the NYSE may close early (prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time). In such instances, surrender or withdrawal requests received after such early market close will be processed using the Accumulation Unit value computed on the next Valuation Date. The minimum amount which can be withdrawn is $300. Unless a request for withdrawal specifies otherwise, withdrawals will be made from all Subaccounts within the VAA and from the fixed account in the same proportion that the amount of withdrawal bears to the total Contract Value. See Fixed Side of the Contract. Unless prohibited, surrender/withdrawal payments will be mailed within seven days after we receive a valid written request at the Servicing Office. The payment may be postponed as permitted by the 1940 Act.

Surrenders and withdrawals may be taxable and, prior to age 59½, subject to a tax penalty. The tax consequences of a surrender/withdrawal are discussed later in this prospectus. See Federal Tax Matters – Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.

Withdrawals may have a negative impact on certain optional living benefits and on certain death benefits, and the impact could be significant. A withdrawal may reduce or even terminate certain benefits.

In addition to surrender charges, withdrawals from the fixed account may be subject to an interest adjustment, which could have a significant negative impact.

The tax consequences of a surrender/withdrawal are discussed later in this prospectus. See Federal Tax Matters – Taxation of Withdrawals and Surrenders.

Asset Allocation Models

You may allocate your Purchase Payment among a group of Subaccounts within an asset allocation model. Each model invests different percentages of the Contract Value in some or all of the Subaccounts currently available within your annuity contract. If you select an asset allocation model, 100% of your Contract Value (and any additional Purchase Payments you make) will be allocated among certain Subaccounts in accordance with the model’s asset allocation strategy. You may not make transfers among the Subaccounts. We will proportionately deduct any withdrawals you make from the Subaccounts in the asset allocation model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in the contract at any time.

Your registered representative may discuss asset allocation models with you to assist in deciding to allocate your Purchase Payments among the various Subaccounts and/or the fixed account. You should consult with your registered representative as to whether a model is appropriate for you.

Each of the asset allocation models seeks to meet its investment objective while avoiding excessive risk. The models also strive to achieve diversification among asset classes in order to help provide returns commensurate with a given level of risk over the long-term. There can be no assurance, however, that any of the asset allocation models will achieve its investment objective. If you are seeking a more aggressive strategy, these models may not be appropriate for you.

The asset allocation models are intended to provide a diversified investment portfolio by combining different asset classes to help it reach its stated investment goal. While diversification may help reduce overall risk, it does not eliminate the risk of losses and it does not protect against losses in a declining market.

In order to maintain the model’s specified Subaccount allocation percentages, you agree to be automatically enrolled in the portfolio rebalancing option and you thereby authorize us to automatically rebalance your Contract Value on a quarterly basis based upon your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement. We reserve the right to change the rebalancing frequency at any time, in our sole discretion, but will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change in frequency.

The models are static asset allocation models. This means that they have fixed allocations made up of underlying funds that are offered within your contract and the percentage allocations will not change over time. Once you have selected an asset allocation model, we will not make any changes to the fund allocations within the model except for the rebalancing described above. If you wish

Table of Contents

to change your fund allocations either to new funds or to a different model, you must submit new allocation instructions to us. You may terminate a model at any time. There is no additional charge from Lincoln for participating in a model.

The election of certain Living Benefit Riders may require that you allocate Purchase Payments in accordance with Investment Requirements that may be satisfied by choosing an asset allocation model. Different requirements and/or restrictions may apply under the individual rider. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements. To the extent you are using a model to satisfy your Investment Requirements, the model is intended, in part, to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under the Living Benefit Riders.

The models were designed and prepared by Lincoln Investment Advisors Corporation (LIAC), which is an affiliate of ours, for use by Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (LFD), the principal underwriter of the contracts. LFD provides models to broker-dealers who may offer the models to their own clients. In making these models and Subaccounts available as investment options under your contract, LIAC, LFD and the Company are not providing you with investment advice, nor are they recommending to you any particular model or Subaccount. You should consult with your registered representative to determine whether you should utilize or invest in any model or Subaccount, or whether it is suitable for you based upon your goals, risk tolerance and time horizon.

If a fund within a model closes to new investors, investors that have been invested before the fund closed may remain in the model. However, the model would no longer be offered to new investors. If a fund within a model liquidates, we may transfer assets from that Subaccount to another Subaccount after providing notice to you. If this transfer occurs, and you own a Living Benefit Rider and are subject to Investment Requirements, you may no longer comply with the Investment Requirements. See the Investment Requirements section of this prospectus for more information. If a fund within a model merges with another fund, we will add the surviving fund to the model.

Benefits Available Under the Contract

The following tables summarize information about the benefits available under the contract. A detailed description of each benefit follows the table.

Standard Benefits
Name of Benefit	Purpose	Maximum Fee	Brief Description of Restrictions / Limitations
Account Value Death Benefit	Provides a Death Benefit equal to the Contract Value.	• 1.25% (B-Share) • 1.65% (C-Share and L-Share)	• Poor investment performance could significantly reduce the benefit. • Withdrawals could significantly reduce the benefit.
Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	Provides a Death Benefit equal to the greatest of (1) Contract Value; (2) all Purchase Payments, adjusted for withdrawals.	• 1.30% (B-Share) • 1.70% (C-Share and L-Share)	• Withdrawals could significantly reduce the benefit.
Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB)	Provides a Death Benefit equal to the greatest of (1) Contract Value; (2) all Purchase Payments, adjusted for withdrawals; (3) the highest Contract Value on any contract anniversary prior to age 81 as adjusted for withdrawals.	• 1.55% (B-Share) • 1.95% (C-Share and L-Share)	• Not available if age 80 or older at the time of issuance. • Withdrawals could significantly reduce the benefit. • Poor investment performance could significantly reduce and limit potential increases to the highest Contract Value.
Dollar-Cost Averaging	Allows you to automatically transfer amounts between certain investment options on a monthly basis.	None	• Minimum amount to be dollar cost averaged is $1,500 over any time period between 3 and 60 months. • Cannot be used simultaneously with portfolio rebalancing or cross-reinvestment.
Portfolio Rebalancing	Allows you to automatically reallocate your Contract Value among investment options on a periodic basis based on your standing allocation instructions.	None	• Cannot be used simultaneously with dollar cost averaging or cross-reinvestment.

Table of Contents

Standard Benefits
Name of Benefit	Purpose	Maximum Fee	Brief Description of Restrictions / Limitations
Cross-Reinvestment	When the amount invested in an investment option exceeds a baseline amount, allows you to automatically transfer the excess amount to another investment option.	None	• Cannot be used simultaneously with dollar cost averaging or portfolio rebalancing.
Automatic Withdrawal Service	Allows you to take periodic withdrawals from your contract automatically.	None	• Automatically terminates once i4LIFE ^®Advantage begins.

Optional Benefits – Available for Election
Name of Benefit	Purpose	Maximum Fee	Brief Description of Restrictions / Limitations
Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)	Provides: • Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals; • An Enhancement to the Protected Income Base; • Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base; • Age-based increases to the Protected Annual Income amount.	• 2.25% Single Life Option • 2.45% Joint Life Option (as a percentage of the Protected Income Base)	• Investment Requirements apply. • Excess Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit. • Any withdrawal may negatively impact or eliminate the potential for enhancements or step-ups. • Subject to a $10 million maximum Protected Income Base across all Living Benefit Riders. • Purchase Payments and step-ups may increase fee rate. • Additional Purchase Payments may be limited.
Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage	Provides: • Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals; • An Enhancement to the Protected Income Base; • Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base; and • Age-based increases to the Protected Annual Income amount.	• 2.25% Single Life Option • 2.45% Joint Life Option (as a percentage of the Protected Income Base)	• Investment Requirements apply. • Excess Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit. • Any withdrawal may negatively impact or eliminate the potential for enhancements or step-ups. • Subject to a $10 million maximum Protected Income Base across all Living Benefit Riders. • Purchase Payments and step-ups may increase fee rate. • Additional Purchase Payments may be limited.
Lincoln Max 6 Select ^SMAdvantage	Provides: • Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals; • An Enhancement to the Protected Income Base; • Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base; and • Age-based increases to the Protected Annual Income amount.	• 2.25% Single Life Option • 2.45% Joint Life Option (as a percentage of the Protected Income Base)	• Investment Requirements apply. • Excess Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate benefits. • Any withdrawal may negatively impact or eliminate the potential for enhancements or step-ups. • Subject to a $10 million maximum Protected Income Base across all Living Benefit Riders. • Purchase Payments and step-ups may increase fee rate. • Additional Purchase Payments may be limited. • The guaranteed payments will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero. • Your Protected Income Base will not carry over to i4LIFE ^®Advantage.

Table of Contents

Optional Benefits – Available for Election
Name of Benefit	Purpose	Maximum Fee	Brief Description of Restrictions / Limitations
4LATER ^®Select Advantage	Provides: • Protected Income Base which will be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit upon the election of i4LIFE ^®Advantage; • An Enhancement to the Protected Income Base; • Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base. Must later transition to i4LIFE ^®Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER ^®Select Advantage. It is designed for those seeking growth of the Protected Income Base who do not need to take withdrawals right away. Designed primarily for the purchasers of nonqualified contracts where the Contractowner and Annuitant are different people (single life option) or with joint life benefits where the Secondary Life is not a spouse.	• 2.25% Single Life Option • 2.45% Joint Life Option (as a percentage of the Protected Income Base)	• Investment Requirements apply. • Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit. • Not available for purchase with a qualified contract. • Subject to a $10 million maximum Protected Income Base across all Living Benefit Riders. • Additional Purchase Payments may be limited.
i4LIFE ^®Advantage	Provides: • Variable periodic Regular Income Payments for life. • The ability to make additional withdrawals and surrender the contract during the Access Period. The optional Guaranteed Income Benefit provides a minimum payout floor for those Regular Income Payments.	• i4LIFE ^®Advantage: 0.40% in addition to the base contract expense for the Death Benefit you have elected. • Guaranteed Income Benefit: 2.25% (single life option); 2.45% (joint life option) in addition to the i4LIFE ^®Advantage charge and your base contract expense.	• Guaranteed Income Benefit limits available investment options (Investment Requirements apply). • Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit. • Restrictions apply to the length of the Access Period. • Additional Purchase Payments may be subject to restrictions.

Optional Benefits – No Longer Available for Election ¹
Name of Benefit	Purpose	Maximum Fee	Brief Description of Restrictions / Limitations
Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0	Provides: • Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals; • An Enhancement to the Protected Income Base; • Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base; • Age-based increases to the Protected Annual Income amount	2.00% (as a percentage of Protected Income Base)	• Investment Requirements apply. • Excess withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit. • Any withdrawal may negatively impact or eliminate the potential for enhancements or step-ups. • Purchase Payments and step-ups may increase fee rate. • Additional Purchase Payments may be limited.

Table of Contents

Optional Benefits – No Longer Available for Election ¹
Name of Benefit	Purpose	Maximum Fee	Brief Description of Restrictions / Limitations
Lincoln SmartSecurity ^®Advantage	Provides a minimum guaranteed amount that you can withdraw, in installments, from your contract. Lifetime periodic withdrawals may also be available if certain conditions are met.	• 1.50% (as an annualized percentage of the Guaranteed Amount)	• Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit. • Investment Requirements apply. • Subject to a $10 million maximum across all Living Benefit Riders. • Additional Purchase Payments may be limited. • A step-up of the Guaranteed Amount may increase the fee rate.
4LATER ^®Advantage (Managed Risk)	Provides: • Protected Income Base which will be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit upon the election of i4LIFE ^®Advantage; • An Enhancement to the Protected Income Base; • Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base. You must later transition to i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER ^®Advantage (Managed Risk). It is designed for those seeking growth of the Protected Income Base who do not need to take withdrawals right away. Designed primarily for the purchasers of nonqualified contracts where the Contractowner and Annuitant are different people (single life option) or with joint life benefits where the Secondary Life is not a spouse.	• 2.00% Single Life Option • 2.00% Joint Life Option	• Investment Requirements apply. • Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate the benefit. • Not available for purchase with a qualified contract. • Subject to a $10 million maximum Protected Income Base across all Living Benefit Riders. • Additional Purchase Payments may be limited.

¹	See Appendix C – Discontinued Living Benefit Riders for a description of the discontinued Living Benefit Riders.

Death Benefits

The chart below provides a brief overview of how the Death Benefit proceeds will be distributed if death occurs prior to i4LIFE^® Advantage elections or prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Refer to your contract for the specific provisions applicable upon death.

upon death of:	and...	and...	Death Benefit proceeds pass to:
Contractowner	There is a surviving joint owner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Joint owner
Contractowner	There is no surviving joint owner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Designated Beneficiary
Contractowner	There is no surviving joint owner and the Beneficiary predeceases the Contractowner	The Annuitant is living or deceased	Contractowner's estate
Annuitant	The Contractowner is living	There is no contingent Annuitant	The youngest Contractowner becomes the contingent Annuitant and the contract continues. The Contractowner may waive* this continuation and receive the Death Benefit proceeds.

Table of Contents

upon death of:	and...	and...	Death Benefit proceeds pass to:
Annuitant	The Contractowner is living	The contingent Annuitant is living	Contingent Annuitant becomes the Annuitant and the contract continues
Annuitant**	The Contractowner is a trust or other non-natural person	No contingent Annuitant allowed with non-natural Contractowner	Designated Beneficiary

*	Notification from the Contractowner to receive the Death Benefit proceeds must be received within 75 days of the death of the Annuitant.

**	Death of Annuitant is treated like death of the Contractowner.

A Death Benefit may be payable if the Contractowner (or a joint owner) or Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You can choose the Death Benefit. Only one Death Benefit may be in effect at any one time and this Death Benefit terminates if you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage or elect any other annuitization option. Generally, the more expensive the Death Benefit is, the greater the protection.

You should consider the following provisions carefully when designating the Beneficiary, Annuitant, any contingent Annuitant and any joint owner, as well as before changing any of these parties. The identity of these parties under the contract may significantly affect the amount and timing of the Death Benefit or other amount paid upon a Contractowner's or Annuitant's death.

You may designate a Beneficiary during your lifetime and change the Beneficiary by filing a written request with our Servicing Office. Each change of Beneficiary revokes any previous designation. We reserve the right to request that you send us the contract for endorsement of a change of Beneficiary.

Upon the death of the Contractowner, a Death Benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary. Upon the death of a joint owner, the Death Benefit will be paid to the surviving joint owner. If the Contractowner is a corporation or other non-individual (non-natural person), the death of the Annuitant will be treated as death of the Contractowner.

If an Annuitant who is not the Contractowner or joint owner dies, then the contingent Annuitant, if named, becomes the Annuitant and no Death Benefit is payable on the death of the Annuitant. If no contingent Annuitant is named, the Contractowner (or younger of joint owners) becomes the Annuitant. Alternatively, a Death Benefit may be paid to the Contractowner (and joint owner, if applicable, in equal shares). Notification of the election of this Death Benefit must be received by us within 75 days of the death of the Annuitant. The contract terminates when any Death Benefit is paid due to the death of the Annuitant.

If a Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant was added or changed subsequent to the effective date of the contract (unless the change occurred because of the death of a prior Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant), upon death, we will only pay the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the death claim.

If your Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid.

Account Value Death Benefit. The Account Value Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the Contract Value on the Valuation Date the Death Benefit is approved by us for payment. No additional Death Benefit is provided. Once you have selected this Death Benefit option, it cannot be changed. (Your contract may refer to this benefit as the Contract Value Death Benefit.)

Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is the default Death Benefit under this contact; this means that if you do not select a Death Benefit, the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit will be automatically selected for you at contract issue. There is an additional charge for this Death Benefit. The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit provides a Death Benefit equal to the greater of:

•

the current Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or

•

the sum of all Purchase Payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value. Withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount under applicable Living Benefit Riders may reduce the sum of all Purchase Payment amounts on a dollar for dollar basis. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage.

In a declining market, withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.

The Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may be discontinued by completing the Change of Death Benefit form and sending it to our Servicing Office. The benefit will be discontinued as of the Valuation Date we receive the request and the Account Value Death Benefit will apply. We will begin deducting the charge for the Account Value Death Benefit as of that date. See Charges and Other Deductions.

Enhanced Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (EGMDB). The EGMDB provides a Death Benefit equal to the greatest of:

•	the current Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments decreased by withdrawals in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value.

Table of Contents

Withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount under applicable Living Benefit Riders may reduce the sum of all Purchase Payment amounts on a dollar for dollar basis. See Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage; or

•

the highest Contract Value on any contract anniversary (including the inception date) (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81^st birthday of the deceased Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable), or Annuitant and prior to the death of the Contractowner, joint owner (if applicable) or Annuitant for whom a death claim is approved for payment. The highest Contract Value is increased by Purchase Payments and is decreased by withdrawals subsequent to that anniversary date in the same proportion that withdrawals reduced the Contract Value.

In a declining market, withdrawals deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals(surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.

The EGMDB is not available under contracts issued to a Contractowner, or joint owner or Annuitant, who is age 80 or older at the time of issuance.

There is an additional charge for this Death Benefit. You may discontinue the EGMDB at any time by completing the Change of Death Benefit form and sending it to our Servicing Office. The benefit will be discontinued as of the Valuation Date we receive the request, and the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit or the Account Value Death Benefit will apply. We will begin deducting the applicable charge for the new Death Benefit as of that date. See Charges and Other Deductions.

General Death Benefit Information

Only one of these Death Benefits may be in effect at any one time. Your Death Benefit terminates on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. i4LIFE^® Advantage only provides Death Benefit options during the Access Period. There are no Death Benefits during the Lifetime Income Period. Please see the i4LIFE^® Advantage – i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefit section of this prospectus for more information.

If there are joint owners, upon the death of the first Contractowner, we will pay a Death Benefit to the surviving joint owner. The surviving joint owner will be treated as the primary, designated Beneficiary. Any other Beneficiary designation on record at the time of death will be treated as a contingent Beneficiary. If the surviving joint owner is the spouse of the deceased joint owner, he/she may continue the contract as sole Contractowner. Upon the death of the spouse who continued the contract, we will pay a Death Benefit to the designated Beneficiary(s).

If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Contractowner, then the spouse may elect to continue the contract as the new Contractowner. Same-sex spouses should carefully consider whether to purchase annuity products that provide benefits based upon status as a spouse, and whether to exercise any spousal rights under the contract. You are strongly encouraged to consult a tax advisor before electing spousal rights under the contract.

Should the surviving spouse elect to continue the contract, a portion of the Death Benefit may be credited to the contract. Any portion of the Death Benefit that would have been payable (if the contract had not been continued) that exceeds the current Contract Value on the Valuation Date we approve the claim will be added to the Contract Value. A portion of the Death Benefit credited to the contract will be allocated to the variable Subaccounts in proportion to the Contract Value in each variable Subaccount. If the contract is continued in this way the Death Benefit in effect at the time the Beneficiary elected to continue the contract will remain as the Death Benefit.

The value of the Death Benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of a claim submitted in Good Order. To be in Good Order, we require all the following:

1.	an original certified death certificate or any other proof of death satisfactory to us; and
2.	written authorization for payment; and
3.	all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).

Notwithstanding any provision of this contract to the contrary, the payment of Death Benefits provided under this contract must be made in compliance with Code Section 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable, as amended from time to time. Death Benefits may be taxable. See Federal Tax Matters.

Unless otherwise provided in the Beneficiary designation, one of the following procedures will take place on the death of a Beneficiary:

•	if any Beneficiary dies before the Contractowner, that Beneficiary’s interest will go to any other Beneficiaries named, according to their respective interests; and/or
•	if no Beneficiary survives the Contractowner, the proceeds will be paid to the Contractowner’s estate.

If the Beneficiary is a minor, court documents appointing the guardian/custodian may be required.

Table of Contents

The Beneficiary may choose the method of payment of the Death Benefit unless the Contractowner has already selected a settlement option. If the contract is a nonqualified contract, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary or joint owner must be distributed within five years of the Contractowner’s date of death unless the Beneficiary begins receiving, within one year of the Contractowner’s death, the distribution in the form of a life annuity or an annuity for a designated period not extending beyond the Beneficiary’s life expectancy. If the Death Benefit is not distributed within five years of the Contractowner’s date of death, for any reason, including the claim was not presented in Good Order, then the Company will pay the proceeds to the Beneficiary.

If the contract is a qualified contract or IRA, then according to the IRC, the Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary or joint owner must be distributed within ten years of the Contractowner’s date of death unless the Beneficiary is an “eligible designated beneficiary”. An eligible designated beneficiary may take the Death Benefit distribution in the form of a life annuity or an annuity for a designated period not extending beyond the Beneficiary’s life expectancy, subject to certain additional exceptions. If the contract is not distributed within the ten-year deadline, for any reason, including that the claim was not presented in Good Order, the balance is treated as a required minimum distribution under the Internal Revenue Code and subject to a 50% tax.

Upon the death of the Annuitant, Federal tax law requires that an annuity election be made no later than 60 days after we have approved the death claim for payment.

The recipient of a Death Benefit may elect to receive payment either in the form of a lump sum settlement or an Annuity Payout. If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of Death Benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Abandoned Property. Every state has unclaimed property laws which generally declare annuity contracts to be abandoned after a period of inactivity of three to five years from the date a benefit is due and payable. For example, if the payment of a Death Benefit has been triggered, but, if after a thorough search, we are still unable to locate the Beneficiary of the Death Benefit, or the Beneficiary does not come forward to claim the Death Benefit in a timely manner, the Death Benefit will be “escheated”. This means that the Death Benefit will be paid to the abandoned property division or unclaimed property office of the state in which the Beneficiary or the Contractowner last resided, as shown on our books and records, or to our state of domicile. This escheatment is revocable and the state is obligated to pay the Death Benefit (without interest) if your Beneficiary steps forward to claim it with the proper documentation.

To prevent such escheatment, it is important that you update your Beneficiary designations, including addresses, if and as they change. You may update your Beneficiary designations by submitting a Beneficiary change form to our Servicing Office.

Additional Services

These additional services are available to you under your contract: dollar-cost averaging (DCA), automatic withdrawal service (AWS), cross-reinvestment service and portfolio rebalancing. Currently, there is no charge for these services. However, we reserve the right to impose one after appropriate notice to Contractowners. In order to take advantage of one of these services, you will need to complete the appropriate election form that is available from our Servicing Office or call 1-888-868-2583. These services will stop once we become aware of a pending death claim. For further detailed information on these services, please see Additional Services in the SAI.

Dollar-Cost Averaging. Dollar-cost averaging allows you to transfer amounts from the DCA fixed account, if available, or certain Subaccounts into the Subaccounts on a monthly basis or in accordance with other terms we make available.

You may elect to participate in the DCA program at the time of application or at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date by completing our election form, by calling our Servicing Office, or by other electronic means. The minimum amount to be dollar cost averaged (DCA’d) is $1,500 over any time period between three and 60 months. Once elected, the program will remain in effect until the earlier of:

•	the Annuity Commencement Date;
•	the value of the amount being DCA’d is depleted; or
•	you cancel the program by written request or by telephone if we have your telephone authorization on file.

We reserve the right to limit certain time periods or to restrict access to this program at any time.

A transfer made as part of this program is not considered a transfer for purposes of limiting the number of transfers that may be made, or assessing any charges which may apply to transfers. Upon receipt of an additional Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA fixed account, the existing program duration will be extended to reflect the end date of the new DCA program. However, the existing interest crediting rate will not be extended. The existing interest crediting rate will expire at its originally scheduled expiration date and the value remaining in the DCA account from the original amount as well as any additional Purchase Payments will be credited with interest at the standard DCA rate at the time. If you cancel the DCA program, your remaining Contract Value in the DCA program will be allocated to the Subaccounts according to your allocation instructions. We reserve the right to discontinue or modify this program at any time. If you have chosen DCA from one of the Subaccounts, only the amount allocated to that DCA program will be transferred. Investment gain, if any, will remain in that Subaccount unless you reallocate it to one of the other Subaccounts. If you are enrolled in

Table of Contents

automatic rebalancing, this amount may be automatically rebalanced based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of rebalancing. DCA does not assure a profit or protect against loss.

Automatic Withdrawal Service. The automatic withdrawal service (AWS) provides for an automatic periodic withdrawal of your Contract Value. Withdrawals under AWS are subject to applicable surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge. Withdrawals under AWS will be noted on your quarterly statement. AWS is also available for amounts allocated to the fixed account, if applicable.

Cross-Reinvestment Service. The cross-reinvestment service automatically transfers the Contract Value in a designated Subaccount that exceeds a baseline amount to another specific Subaccount at specific intervals. You specify the applicable Subaccounts, the baseline amount and the interval period.

Portfolio Rebalancing. Portfolio rebalancing is an option that restores to a pre-determined level the percentage of Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount. The rebalancing may take place monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Rebalancing events will be noted on your quarterly statement. The fixed account is not available for portfolio rebalancing.

Only one of the three additional services (DCA, cross-reinvestment and portfolio rebalancing) may be used at one time. For example, you cannot have DCA and cross-reinvestment running simultaneously. We reserve the right to discontinue any or all of these administrative services at any time.

Living Benefit Riders

The Living Benefit Riders described in this section provide different methods to take income from your Contract Value or receive lifetime payments and provide certain guarantees, regardless of the investment performance of the contract. These guarantees are subject to certain conditions, as set forth below. There are differences between the riders in the features provided, income rates, investment options, charge rates, and charge structure. Additionally, the age at which you may begin receiving a benefit from your rider may vary between riders. In addition, the purchase of one rider may impact the availability of another rider. Not all riders will be available at all times. Before you elect a rider, or terminate your existing rider to elect a new rider, you should carefully review the terms and conditions of each rider. Riders elected at contract issue will be effective on the contract’s effective date. Riders elected after the contract is issued will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. You cannot elect more than one Living Benefit Rider or payout option offered in your contract at any one time. Your registered representative will help you determine which Living Benefit Rider best suits your financial goals.

The benefits and features of the optional Living Benefit Riders are separate and distinct from the downside protection strategies that may be employed by the funds offered under the contract. The riders do not guarantee the investment results of the funds.

There is no guarantee that any Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage) will be available in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue them at any time. In addition, we may make different versions of a rider available to new purchasers. Certain broker-dealers may require Contractowners to make post-contract issue rider requests through their registered representative. If your registered representative of record is affiliated with such a broker-dealer we will not process your request until you consult with your registered representative.

Excess Withdrawals under certain Living Benefit Riders may result in a reduction or premature termination of those benefits or of those riders. If you are not certain how an Excess Withdrawal will reduce your future guaranteed amounts, you should contact either your registered representative or us prior to requesting a withdrawal to find out what impact, if any, the Excess Withdrawal will have on any guarantees under the Living Benefit Rider.

If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be required to adhere to Investment Requirements, which will limit your ability to invest in certain Subaccounts offered in your contract. In addition, the fixed account is not available except for use with dollar cost averaging. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements for more information.

From time to time, we relax our rules that apply to dropping certain riders and subsequently adding certain new ones. For example, we may waive the waiting period and instead permit you to add a new rider immediately after dropping your old one. We may also let you drop a rider before it has been in effect for the required holding period. When you drop your old rider, your old rider and charge will be terminated.

If you drop a rider for a new one during a period of time when we do not have an offer in place or have a different offer, you will not be eligible for any future offers related to the rider you previously dropped, even if such future offer would have included a greater or different benefit.

Rate Sheets

Table of Contents

rates and/or percentages. The rates and/or percentages may be superseded at any time, in our sole discretion, and may be higher or lower than the rates and/or percentages on the previous Rate Sheet.

The effective date of a subsequent Rate Sheet will be at least 10 days after it is filed. In order to get the rate and/or percentage indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be sent to us, and must be signed and dated on or after the effective date of the Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583. The rates and/or percentages from previous effective periods are included in Appendix D and E to this prospectus.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)

All terms that apply to Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) apply to Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 except as noted. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 is no longer available for purchase.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Protected Annual Income amount which is based upon a Protected Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Protected Income Base if certain criteria are met, as set forth below;
•	Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Protected Income Base after the Enhancement; and
•	Age-based increases to the Protected Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Account Value Step-up).

Protected Annual Income payments are available after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55 and are based upon specified percentages of the Protected Income Base which are age-based and may increase over time. You may consider purchasing Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) if you want a guaranteed income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Account Value Step-up and Enhancement.

If you purchased the rider prior to August 20, 2018, you may receive guaranteed income payments for life only by electing i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit or the Protected Annual Income Payout Option. If an election is not made, the Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider will terminate. Except as specified below, this election must be made by the Contractowner’s age 95 for nonqualified contracts (younger of you or your spouse) and up to the Contractowner’s age 80 for qualified contracts. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 prior to April 2, 2012 and purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) prior to August 20, 2018, who own their riders through the fifth Benefit Year anniversary must elect i4LIFE^® Advantage or the Protected Annual Income Payout Option prior to age 85 for qualified contracts or age 99 for nonqualified contracts.

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Protected Annual Income amount(s) that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base as well as your Protected Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

The Contractowner, Annuitant or Secondary Life may not be changed while this rider is in effect (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner), including any sale or assignment of the contract as collateral.

Availability. The Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider is available for election on all new and existing contracts. If you elect the rider at contract issue, it will be effective on the contract's effective date. If you elect the rider after the contract is issued, the rider will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The initial Purchase Payment or Contract Value (if purchased after the contract is issued) must be at least $25,000. Rider elections are subject to Servicing Office approval if your Contract Value totals $1 million or more.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) is available with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant must be age 85 or younger (younger of you or your spouse) (age 75 for qualified contracts that elected this rider prior to August 20, 2018) at the time this rider is elected. This rider is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries of IRAs or nonqualified contracts.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider (other than Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0) and you wish to elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), you must first terminate your existing rider. In most cases, you must wait at least 12 months after terminating your rider, and you must comply with the other termination rules that apply to your rider before you elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk). For more information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section

Table of Contents

associated with your Living Benefit Rider. Anytime you terminate a rider, your benefits such as your Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer any benefits accrued under an existing rider to a new rider.

Benefit Year. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. If your Benefit Year anniversary falls on a day that the New York Stock Exchange is closed, any benefit calculations scheduled to occur on that anniversary will occur on the next Valuation Date.

Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Protected Income Base is a value used to calculate your Protected Annual Income amount. The initial Protected Income Base varies based on when you elect the rider. If you elect the rider at the time you purchase the contract, the initial Protected Income Base will equal your initial Purchase Payment. If you elect the rider after we issue the contract, the initial Protected Income Base will equal the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider. The Protected Income Base is increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, Enhancements, and Account Value Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The maximum Protected Income Base is $10 million, which includes the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln New York contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives.

For rider elections on and after August 20, 2018, the Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Protected Income Base upon an Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Protected Income Base on the effective date of the rider, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Account Value Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement. Rider elections prior to August 20, 2018, do not have an Enhancement Base, but will use the Protected Income Base to determine the Enhancement.

Neither the Protected Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date automatically increase the Protected Income Base (not to exceed the maximum Protected Income Base) and Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment. For example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. Any Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base and will result in an increased Protected Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Servicing Office approval. No additional Purchase Payments are allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason including market loss.

Excess Withdrawals reduce the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base as discussed below. The reduction to the Protected Income Base and the Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal. Withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount will not reduce the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an increase in the Protected Income Base through an Enhancement on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. there were no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year and, for riders elected on and after August 20, 2018, the first Protected Annual Income withdrawal has not occurred;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Protected Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Protected Income Base after the Account Value Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base, if applicable, is greater than zero.

The Enhancement equals the Enhancement Base or the Protected Income Base (depending on the rider purchase date), minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, multiplied by the Enhancement rate. The Protected Income Base or the Enhancement Base are not reduced by Purchase Payments received in the first 90 days after the rider effective date for determining the Enhancement Amount.

The current Enhancement rate applicable to new rider elections is determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the rate may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. The rate structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. The Enhancement rate for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior rates, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your rate will not change as a result.

Table of Contents

The Enhancement rate applicable to new rider elections is set forth in a supplement to a Rate Sheet prospectus supplement. The Rate Sheet indicates the Enhancement rate and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with this rate. The rate may be superseded at any time, in our sole discretion, and may be higher or lower than the rate on the previous Rate Sheet.

The effective date of a subsequent Rate Sheet will be at least 10 days after it is filed. In order to get the rate indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be sent to us, and must be signed and dated on or after the effective date of the Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583.

If your rider was purchased:	The Enhancement is based on the…	…multiplied by the Enhancement Rate of…
On or after May 18, 2020 but prior to August 17, 2020	Enhancement Base	5%
On or after August 20, 2018, but prior to May 18, 2020	Enhancement Base	6%
Prior to August 20, 2018	Protected Income Base	5%

During the first ten Benefit Years, an increase in the Protected Income Base as a result of the Enhancement will not cause an increase in the annual protected lifetime income fee rate but will increase the dollar amount of the fee. After the tenth Benefit Year anniversary, if the Enhancement Period has renewed, the annual rate may increase each time the Protected Income Base increases as a result of the Enhancement. If you decline an Enhancement, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement starting on the next Benefit Year anniversary as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Note: The Enhancement is not available on any Benefit Year anniversary if an Account Value Step-up to the Protected Income Base occurs, or where there has been a withdrawal of Contract Value (including a Protected Annual Income payment) in the preceding Benefit Year. If you are eligible (as defined above) for the Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year. For riders purchased on and after August 20, 2018, Enhancements are not available once the first Protected Annual Income withdrawal occurs.

The following is an example of the impact of a 5% Enhancement on the Protected Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made:

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, because the additional Purchase Payment is within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider, the Protected Income Base will not be less than $120,750 (= $100,000 x 1.05 + $15,000 x 1.05).

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Protected Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

This additional Purchase Payment is not eligible for the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary because it was received after the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider. It will not be eligible for an Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary. Therefore, on the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Protected Income Base will not be less than $130,750 (= $100,000 x 1.05 + $15,000 x 1.05 + $10,000).

As explained below, an Enhancement and Account Value Step-up will not occur in the same year. If the Account Value Step-up provides an increase equal to or greater than what the Enhancement provides, you will not receive the Enhancement. It is possible that this could happen each Benefit Year (because the Account Value Step-up provided a larger increase each year), and therefore the Enhancement would not apply. The Enhancement or the Account Value Step-up cannot increase the Protected Income Base above the maximum Protected Income Base of $10 million.

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the 5% Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Enhancement Period. The original Enhancement Period is up to a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. A new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Account Value Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Account Value Step-ups, the Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Account Value Step-up occurs.

Account Value Step-ups. The Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step-up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the

Table of Contents

protected lifetime income fee and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date and Persistency Credits, if any, added on that date, is equal to or greater than the Protected Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

Each time the Account Value Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Account Value Step-up is available even in years when a withdrawal has occurred.

The fee rate can change each time there is an Account Value Step-up. That means if the current fee rate has increased, this would cause an increase in your annual fee rate for this rider. If your fee rate is increased, you may opt out of the Account Value Step-up. See Charges & Deductions – Protected Lifetime Income Fees for details. If you decline an Account Value Step-up, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement through the end of the Enhancement Period, including in the year you declined the Account Value Step-up, as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Following is an example of how the Account Value Step-up and the 5% Enhancement impact the Protected Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Protected Income Base
At issue	$50,000	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$56,700

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Account Value Step-up increased the Protected Income Base to the Contract Value of $54,000 since the increase in the Contract Value is greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000). On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $54,000 = $2,700). An Account Value Step-up cannot increase the Protected Income Base beyond the maximum Protected Income Base of $10 million.

Withdrawal Amount. Protected Annual Income withdrawals are available when you (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or older. If your rider was elected on and after August 20, 2018, the Protected Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year. As long as the Protected Annual Income amount is not reduced to zero, these withdrawals may be taken for your lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option). If your rider was elected prior to August 20, 2018, the Protected Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year, as long as the Protected Annual Income amount is greater than zero. Riders elected prior to August 20, 2018, must elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit or the Protected Annual Income Payout Option to receive guaranteed income payments for life.

The initial Protected Annual Income amount is calculated when you purchase the rider. If you (or younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected) are under age 55 at the time the rider is elected the initial Protected Annual Income amount will be zero. If you (or the younger of you and your spouse if the joint life option is elected) are age 55 or older at the time the rider is elected the initial Protected Annual Income amount will be equal to a specified percentage of the Protected Income Base. Upon your first withdrawal the Protected Annual Income rate is based on your age (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse’s age (joint life option) at the time of the withdrawal.

The Protected Annual Income rates applicable to new rider elections are set forth in a supplement to this prospectus, called a Rate Sheet. The Rate Sheet indicates the Protected Annual Income rates and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a rider to be issued with those rates. The rates may be superseded at any time, in our sole discretion, and may be higher or lower than the rates on the previous Rate Sheet.

The effective date of a subsequent Rate Sheet will be at least 10 days after it is filed. In order to get the rates indicated in a Rate Sheet, your application or rider election form must be sent to us, and must be signed and dated on or after the effective date of the Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583. Protected Annual Income rates for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

After your first withdrawal the Protected Annual Income rate will only increase on a Benefit Year anniversary on or after you have reached an applicable higher age band and after there has also been an Account Value Step-up. If you have reached an applicable age band and there has not also been a subsequent Account Value Step-up, then the Protected Annual Income rate will not increase until the next Account Value Step-up occurs. If you do not withdraw the entire Protected Annual Income amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the remaining amount into the next Benefit Year.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, the remaining Protected Annual Income amount for that Benefit Year will be paid in a lump sum. On the next rider anniversary, the scheduled amount will automatically resume and continue for your life (and your spouse’s life if the joint life option is chosen) under the Protected Annual Income Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Protected Annual Income amount if the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider will terminate.

Table of Contents

Withdrawals equal to or less than the Protected Annual Income amount will not reduce the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base. All withdrawals will decrease the Contract Value. Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount.

The following example shows the calculation of the Protected Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount affect the Protected Income Base, the Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 5% Enhancement, a 4.00% Protected Annual Income rate, and a Contract Value of $200,000:

Contract Value on the rider's effective date	$200,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider's effective date	$200,000
Initial Protected Annual Income amount on the rider's effective date ($200,000 x 4.00%)	$8,000
Contract Value six months after rider's effective date	$210,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider's effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider's effective date	$8,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($210,000 - $8,000)	$202,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base on first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Protected Annual Income amount on first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 4.00%)	$8,200

Since there was a withdrawal during the first year, an Enhancement is not available, but the Account Value Step-up was available and increased the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base to the Contract Value of $205,000. On the first anniversary of the rider’s effective date, the Protected Annual Income amount is $8,200 (4.00% x $205,000).

Purchase Payments added to the contract subsequent to the initial Purchase Payment will increase the Protected Annual Income amount by an amount equal to the applicable Protected Annual Income rate multiplied by the amount of the subsequent Purchase Payment. For example, assuming a Contractowner has a Protected Annual Income amount of $8,000 (4.00% of $200,000 Protected Income Base), an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 increases the Protected Annual Income amount that Benefit Year to $8,400 ($8,000 + 4.00% of $10,000). The Protected Annual Income payment amount will be recalculated immediately after a Purchase Payment is added to the contract. Persistency Credits added to the contract do not immediately increase the Protected Annual Income amount but are added to the Contract Value and may increase the Protected Income Base upon an Account Value Step-up which in return may increase the Protected Annual Income amount.

Enhancements and Account Value Step-ups will increase the Protected Income Base and thus the Protected Annual Income amount. The Protected Annual Income amount after the Protected Income Base is adjusted either by an Enhancement or an Account Value Step-up will be equal to the adjusted Protected Income Base multiplied by the applicable Protected Annual Income rate.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Protected Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	The Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	The Protected Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Protected Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Protected Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

Your quarterly statements will include the Protected Annual Income amount (as adjusted for Protected Annual Income amount payments in a Benefit Year, Excess Withdrawals and additional Purchase Payments) available to you for the Benefit Year, if applicable, in order for you to determine whether a withdrawal may be an Excess Withdrawal. We encourage you to either consult with your registered representative or call us at the number provided in this prospectus if you have questions about Excess Withdrawals.

Table of Contents

The following example demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base, the Protected Annual Income amount and the Contract Value. The example assumes that the Contractowner makes a $12,000 withdrawal, which causes a $12,370 reduction in the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Protected Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000
Protected Annual Income amount = $3,825 (4.50% of the Protected Income Base of $85,000)

After a $12,000 Withdrawal ($3,825 is within the Protected Annual Income amount, $8,175 is the Excess Withdrawal):
The Contract Value is reduced by the amount of the Protected Annual Income amount of $3,825 and the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are not reduced:

Contract Value = $56,175 ($60,000 - $3,825)
Protected Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000

The Contract Value is also reduced by the $8,175 Excess Withdrawal and the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by 14.553%, the same proportion by which the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $56,175 Contract Value ($8,175 ÷ $56,175)

Contract Value = $48,000 ($56,175 - $8,175)
Protected Income Base = $72,630 ($85,000 x 14.553% = $12,370; $85,000 - $12,370 = $72,630)
Enhancement Base = $72,630 ($85,000 x 14.553% = $12,370; $85,000 - $12,370 = $72,630)
Protected Annual Income amount = $3,268 (4.50% of $72,630 Protected Income Base)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary, the Contract Value has been reduced due to a declining market, but the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are unchanged:

Contract Value = $43,000
Protected Income Base = $72,630
Enhancement Base = $72,630
Protected Annual Income amount = $3,268 (4.50% x $72,630)

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Protected Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Protected Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If either the Contract Value or the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal the rider will terminate.

Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount. Excess Withdrawals will be subject to surrender charges unless one of the waivers of surrender charge provisions set forth in this prospectus is applicable. Continuing with the prior example of the $12,000 withdrawal: the $3,825 Protected Annual Income amount is not subject to surrender charges; the $8,175 Excess Withdrawal may be subject to surrender charges according to the surrender charge schedule in this prospectus. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge.

Withdrawals from IRA contracts will not be considered Excess Withdrawals (even if they exceed the Protected Annual Income amount) only if the withdrawals are taken as systematic installments of the amount needed to satisfy the required minimum distribution (RMD) rules under Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(9). In addition, in order for this exception for RMDs to apply, the following must occur:

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMDs are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph);

4. This contract is not a beneficiary IRA; and

5. The younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or over.

If your RMD withdrawals during a Benefit Year are less than the Protected Annual Income amount, an additional amount up to the Protected Annual Income amount may be withdrawn and will not be subject to surrender charges. If a withdrawal, other than an RMD is made during the Benefit Year, then all amounts withdrawn in excess of the Protected Annual Income amount, including amounts attributable to RMDs, will be treated as Excess Withdrawals.

Distributions from qualified contracts are generally taxed as ordinary income. Distributions from nonqualified contracts that are includable in gross income are also generally taxed as ordinary income. See Federal Tax Matters for information on determining what amounts are includable in gross income.

Table of Contents

Protected Annual Income Payout Option. The Protected Annual Income Payout Option (“PAIPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and joint life if applicable) will receive annuity payments equal to the Protected Annual Income amount for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the option of electing the PAIPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Protected Income Base, you will receive the PAIPO.

If your rider was elected prior to August 20, 2018, and you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached age 95 (nonqualified contracts) (younger of you or your spouse for the joint life option) or age 80 (qualified contracts) and have not elected i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, you have the option of electing the PAIPO. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) who own their riders through the fifth Benefit Year anniversary have until the Contractowner has reached age 85 (qualified contracts) or age 99 (nonqualified contracts) (younger of you or your spouse) to elect the PAIPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Protected Income Base, you will receive the PAIPO.

Contractowners may decide to choose the PAIPO over i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit if they feel this may provide a higher final payment over time and they may place more importance on this payment over access to the Account Value. Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Protected Annual Income amount for your life or the lives of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

If you are receiving the PAIPO, the Beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life. If the Account Value Death Benefit option was in effect immediately prior to electing the PAIPO, the Beneficiary will not be eligible to receive the final payment. The final payment is a one-time lump-sum payment. If the effective date of the rider is the same as the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals. If the effective date of the rider is after the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, increased for Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date and decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount and payments under the PAIPO will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) has no provision for a payout of the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts - Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, this rider will end and no further Protected Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was a Protected Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

Upon the first death under the joint life option, withdrawals up to the Protected Annual Income amount continue to be available for the life of the surviving spouse. The Enhancement and Account Value Step-up will continue if applicable as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) will end and no further Protected Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was a Protected Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

As an alternative, after the first death, the surviving spouse, if under age 86, may choose to terminate the joint life option and purchase a new single life option under the terms and charge in effect at the time for a new purchase (depending on rider availability). In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider whether the change will cause the Protected Income Base and the Protected Annual Income amount to decrease.

Termination. After the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the rider, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Protected Annual Income Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;

•	upon election of Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage for Contractowners who elected Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) prior to January 1, 2017;

•	upon the death under the single life option or the death of the surviving Secondary Life under the joint life option;
•	when the Protected Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed due to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree;
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract; or

Table of Contents

•	on the final day of the Contractowner's eligibility to elect the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit or the Protected Annual Income Payout Option. (This provision is only applicable to riders elected prior to August 20, 2018.)

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time. If you elected Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Management Risk) prior to January 1, 2017, we will no longer require a one-year waiting period before electing Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit option. Contractowners who elect either version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 may decide to later transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. This transition must be made prior to the maximum age limit and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Protected Annual Income amount which is based upon a Protected Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Protected Income Base if certain criteria are met, as set forth below;
•	Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Protected Income Base after the Enhancement; and
•	Age-based increases to the Protected Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Account Value Step-up).

Protected Annual Income payments are available after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 55 and are based upon specified percentages of the Protected Income Base which are age-based and may increase over time. You may consider purchasing Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage if you want a guaranteed income payment that may grow as you get older and may increase through the Account Value Step-up and Enhancement. (Note: The Enhancement provision does not apply to riders elected prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 if elected after the contract effective date).)

If you elected the rider prior to August 20, 2018, you may receive guaranteed income payments for life only by electing i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit or the Protected Annual Income Payout Option. If an election is not made, the Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage rider will terminate. This election must be made by the Contractowner’s age 95 for nonqualified contracts (younger of you or your spouse) and up to the Contractowner’s age 80 for qualified contracts.

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 55 or that exceed the Protected Annual Income amount or amounts that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account are considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base as well as your Protected Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Protected Income Base if reduced to zero. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

Availability. The Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage rider is available for election on all new and existing contracts. If you elect the rider at contract issue, it will be effective on the contract's effective date. If you elect the rider after the contract is issued, the rider will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The initial Purchase Payment or Contract Value (if purchased after the contract is issued) must be at least $25,000. Rider elections are subject to Servicing Office approval if your Contract Value totals $1 million or more.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage is available with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant must be age 85 or younger (younger of you or your spouse) (age 75 for qualified contracts purchased prior to August 20, 2018) at the time this rider is elected. This rider is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries of IRAs or nonqualified contracts.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider and you wish to elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, you must first terminate your existing rider. In most cases, you must wait at least 12 months after terminating your rider, and you must comply with the other termination rules that apply to your rider before you elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage. For more information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section associated with your Living Benefit Rider. Anytime you terminate a rider, your benefits such as your Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer any benefits accrued under an existing rider to a new rider.

Table of Contents

If you elected Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) prior to January 1, 2017, and you want to terminate that rider to elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, we are currently waiving the five-year holding period that is required before terminating a rider. Additionally, we will no longer require a one-year waiting period before electing Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage. Other than the termination of your current rider, and the waiver of the holding period, your contract will not change in any way. Any applicable existing or future surrender charges will continue to apply, as described in your contract and this prospectus. We are doing this as a customer service to you, and there is no financial incentive being provided to you, your registered representative, or to anyone else if you decide to terminate your existing Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider and elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage. There is no guarantee that these waivers will be offered in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue them at any time.

In general, anytime you terminate a rider, you will no longer be entitled to any of the benefits that have accrued under that rider. If you decide to drop an existing rider, your current Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer either your current Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base to the new rider. Your initial Protected Income Base under Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage will be equal to the Contract Value on the new rider effective date. Your initial Enhancement Base will be equal to the Protected Income Base on the rider effective date.

You should carefully compare the features and benefits provided by your existing rider to the features and benefits provided by Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage before making your decision. Different riders do not include all the same features and may not provide the same level of guarantee. You should also compare the fees and charges of each rider. If you have any question about terminating your existing rider to elect a new one, you should contract your registered representative or call us at 1-888-868-2583.

If you decide to elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, you will be required to adhere to the Investment Requirements for your new rider. See – Investment Requirements.

For rider elections on and after August 20, 2018, the Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Protected Income Base upon an Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Protected Income Base on the effective date of the rider, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Account Value Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement. Rider elections prior to August 20, 2018 do not have an Enhancement Base but will use the Protected Income Base to determine the Enhancement.

Neither the Protected Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date automatically increase the Protected Income Base (not to exceed the maximum Protected Income Base) and Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment. For example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. Any Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Protected Income Base and will result in an increased Protected Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Servicing Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an increase in the Protected Income Base through an Enhancement on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

Table of Contents

b. there were no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year and, for riders elected on and after August 20, 2018, the first Protected Annual Income withdrawal has not occurred;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Protected Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Protected Income Base after the Account Value Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base, if applicable, is greater than zero.

The Enhancement equals the Enhancement Base or the Protected Income Base (depending on the rider purchase date), minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, multiplied by the Enhancement Rate. The Protected Income Base or the Enhancement Base are not reduced by Purchase Payments received in the first 90 days after the rider effective date for determining the Enhancement Amount.

If your rider was purchased:	The Enhancement is based on the…	…multiplied by the Enhancement Rate of…
On or after May 18, 2020 but prior to August 17, 2020	Enhancement Base	5%
On or after August 20, 2018, but prior to May 18, 2020	Enhancement Base	6%
Between August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 if your rider was elected after the contract issue date) and August 20, 2018	Protected Income Base	5%
Prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016, if your rider was elected after the contract issue date)	N/A	N/A

The following is an example of the impact of the 5% Enhancement on the Protected Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made:

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Protected Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

Table of Contents

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Account Value Step-ups. The Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the protected lifetime income fee and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date and Persistency Credits, if any, added on that date, is equal to or greater than the Protected Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

For riders elected on and after August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 if elected after the contract effective date), each time the Account Value Step-up occurs, a new Enhancement Period begins. The Account Value Step-up is available even in those years when a withdrawal has occurred.

Following is an example of how the Account Value Step-up and the 5% Enhancements impact the Protected Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Protected Income Base
At issue	$50,000	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$56,700

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Account Value Step-up increased the Protected Income Base to the Contract Value of $54,000 since the increase in the Contract Value is greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000). On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $54,000 = $2,700). The 5% Enhancement or an Account Value Step-up cannot increase the Protected Income Base beyond the maximum Protected Income Base of $10 million.

The Protected Annual Income amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Income Base by the applicable rate, based on your age and whether the single or joint life option has been elected. Under the joint life option, the age of the younger of you or your spouse will be used. The Protected Annual Income amount will change upon an Account Value Step-up, an Enhancement (if applicable), additional Purchase Payments, and Excess Withdrawals, as described below.

Table of Contents

After your first Protected Annual Income withdrawal, the Protected Annual Income rate will only increase on a Benefit Year anniversary on or after you have reached an applicable higher age band and after there has also been an Account Value Step-up. If you have reached an applicable higher age band and there has not also been a subsequent Account Value Step-up, then the Protected Annual Income rate will not increase until the next Account Value Step-up occurs. If you do not withdraw the entire Protected Annual Income amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the remaining amount into the next Benefit Year.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, the remaining Protected Annual Income amounts for that Benefit Year will be paid in a lump sum. On the next rider anniversary, the scheduled amount will automatically resume and continue for your life (and your spouse’s life if the joint life option is chosen) under the Protected Annual Income Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Protected Annual Income amount if the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero as a result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate.

The following example shows the calculation of the Protected Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount impact the Protected Income Base, the Enhancement Base and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 5% Enhancement, a 4% Protected Annual Income rate, and a Contract Value of $200,000:

Contract Value on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Initial Protected Annual Income amount on the rider’s effective date ($200,000 x 4%)	$8,000
Contract Value six months after rider’s effective date	$210,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider’s effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after the rider’s effective date	$8,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($210,000 - $8,000)	$202,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Protected Annual Income amount on the first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 4%)	$8,200

Since there was a withdrawal during the first year, an Enhancement is not available, but the Account Value Step-up was available and increased the Protected Income Base and the Enhancement Base to the Contract Value of $205,000. On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Protected Annual Income amount is $8,200 (4% x $205,000).

Table of Contents

Enhancements and Account Value Step-ups will increase the Protected Income Base and thus the Protected Annual Income amount. The Protected Annual Income amount, after the Protected Income Base is adjusted by an Enhancement or an Account Value Step-up will be equal to the adjusted Protected Income Base multiplied by the applicable Protected Annual Income rate.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Protected Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 55 (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	the Protected Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Protected Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Protected Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

The following example demonstrates the impact of an Excess Withdrawal on the Protected Income Base, the Enhancement Base, the Protected Annual Income amount, and the Contract Value. The example assumes that the Contractowner makes a $12,000 withdrawal, which causes an $11,815 reduction in the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Protected Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000
Protected Annual Income amount = $4,250 (5% of the Protected Income Base of $85,000)

After a $12,000 withdrawal ($4,250 is within the Protected Annual Income amount, $7,750 is the Excess Withdrawal):
The Contract Value is reduced by the amount of the Protected Annual Income amount of $4,250 and the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are not reduced:
Contract Value = $55,750 ($60,000 - $4,250)
Protected Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000

The Contract Value is also reduced by the $7,750 Excess Withdrawal and the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by approximately 13.90%, the same proportion by which the Excess Withdrawal reduced the $55,750 Contract Value ($7,750 / $55,750).

Contract Value = $48,000 ($55,750 - $7,750)
Protected Income Base = $73,185 ($85,000 x 13.90% = $11,815; $85,000 - $11,815 = $73,185)
Enhancement Base = $73,185 ($85,000 x 13.90% = $11,815; $85,000 - $11,815 = $73,185)
Protected Annual Income amount = $3,659 (5% of $73,185 Protected Income Base)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary:

Contract Value = $43,000
Protected Income Base = $73,185
Enhancement Base = $73,185
Protected Annual Income amount = $3,659 (5% x $73,185)

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Protected Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Protected Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider and contract will terminate.

Table of Contents

to surrender charges: the $7,750 Excess Withdrawal may be subject to surrender charges according to the surrender charge schedule in this prospectus. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge.

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMDs are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph);
4.	This contract is not a beneficiary IRA; and
5.	The younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) are age 55 or over.

Protected Annual Income Payout Option. The Protected Annual Income Payout Option (“PAIPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and joint life if applicable) will receive annuity payments equal to the Protected Annual Income amount for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, which are based on your Contract Value. If your rider was elected on and after August 20, 2018, and you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the option of electing the PAIPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Protected Income Base, you will receive the PAIPO.

Contractowners may decide to choose the PAIPO over the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit if they feel this may provide a higher final payment over time and they may place more importance on this payment over access to the Account Value. Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Protected Annual Income amount for your life or the life of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

If you are receiving the PAIPO, the Beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life. If the Account Value Death Benefit option was in effect immediately prior to electing the PAIPO, the Beneficiary will not be eligible to receive the final payment(s). The final payment is a one-time lump-sum payment. If the effective date of the rider is the same as the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals. If the effective date of the rider is after the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, increased for Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date and decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount and payments under the PAIPO will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowner or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Table of Contents

Step-up will continue, if applicable, as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage will end and no further Protected Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was a Protected Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

Termination. After the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Protected Annual Income Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon death under the single life option or the death of the Secondary Life under the joint life option;
•	when the Protected Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the surviving Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed pursuant to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract; or
•	on the final day of the Contractowner's eligibility to elect the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit or the Protected Annual Income Payout Option. (This provision is only applicable to riders elected prior to August 20, 2018.)

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefit and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit option. Contractowners who elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may decide to later transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. This transition must be made prior to the maximum age limit and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides:

•	Guaranteed lifetime periodic withdrawals for you (and your spouse if the joint life option is selected) up to the Protected Annual Income amount which is based upon a guaranteed Protected Income Base;
•	An Enhancement amount added to the Protected Income Base if certain criteria are met, as set forth below;
•	Account Value Step-ups of the Protected Income Base to the Contract Value if the Contract Value is equal to or greater than the Protected Income Base after an Enhancement;
•	Age-based increases to the Protected Annual Income amount (after reaching a higher age-band and after an Account Value Step-up).

Protected Annual Income payments are available after the younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) reach age 59 (age 55 for riders purchased prior to May 18, 2020) and are based upon specified percentages of the Protected Income Base, which are age based and may increase over time. Your Protected Annual Income payments will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero. You may receive Protected Annual Income payments for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse, if the joint life option is chosen.

Please note any withdrawals made prior to age 59 (age 55 for riders purchased prior to May 18, 2020) or that exceed the Protected Annual Income amount are considered Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base as well as your Protected Annual Income amount by an amount greater than the dollar amount of the Excess Withdrawal, and will terminate the rider if the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero. If the Enhancement Base is reduced to zero, you will not be eligible for further Enhancements. Withdrawals will also negatively impact the availability of an Enhancement.

Availability. The Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage rider is available for election on all new and existing contracts. If you elect the rider at contract issue, it will be effective on the contract's effective date. If you elect the rider after the contract is issued, the rider will be effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The initial Purchase Payment or Contract Value (if purchased after the contract is issued) must be at least $25,000. Rider elections are subject to Servicing Office approval if your Contract Value totals $1 million or more.

Table of Contents

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage is available with nonqualified and qualified (IRAs and Roth IRAs) annuity contracts. The Contractowner/Annuitant as well as the spouse under the joint life option must be age 85 or younger at the time this rider is elected. This rider is not available to non-spouse beneficiaries of IRAs or nonqualified contracts.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider and you wish to elect Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, you must first terminate your existing rider. You must wait at least 12 months after terminating your rider, and you must comply with the other termination rules that apply to your rider before you will be able to elect Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage. For more information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section associated with your rider. Anytime you terminate a rider, your benefits such as your Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer any benefits accrued under an existing rider to a new rider.

The Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Protected Income Base upon an Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Protected Income Base on the effective date of the rider, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Account Value Step-ups, and decreased by Excess Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement.

Neither the Protected Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Additional Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date automatically increase the Protected Income Base and the Enhancement Base by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum Protected Income Base); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base by $10,000. Any Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base and will result in an increased Protected Annual Income amount but must be invested in the contract at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Servicing Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an increase in the Protected Income Benefit through an Enhancement on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a. the Contractowner/Annuitant (as well as the spouse if the joint life option is in effect) is under age 86;

b. the first Protected Annual Income withdrawal has not occurred and there are no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Protected Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Protected Income Base after the Account Value Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base is greater than zero.

The Enhancement equals the Enhancement Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, multiplied by the Enhancement Rate. The Enhancement Base is not reduced by Purchase Payments received in the first 90 days after the rider effective date.

Table of Contents

guarantees under the rider. The Enhancement rate for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior rates, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your rate will not change as a result.

If your rider was purchased:	The Enhancement is based on the…	…multiplied by the Enhancement Rate of…
On or after May 18, 2020, but prior to August 17, 2020	Enhancement Base	5%
Prior to May 18, 2020	Enhancement Base	6%

Note: The Enhancement is not available on any Benefit Year anniversary if an Account Value Step-up to the Protected Income Base occurs, or where there has been a withdrawal of Contract Value (including a Protected Annual Income payment) in the preceding Benefit Year. If you are eligible (as defined above) for the Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year. Enhancements are not available once the first Protected Annual Income withdrawal occurs.

The following is an example of the impact of a 5% Enhancement on the Protected Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made.

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Protected Income Base = $100,000; Enhancement Base = $100,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Protected Income Base = $115,000; Enhancement Base = $115,000
On the first Benefit Year anniversary, because the additional Purchase Payment is within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider, the Protected Income Base will not be less than $120,750 (= $100,000 x 1.05 + $15,000 x 1.05).

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Protected Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

This additional Purchase Payment is not eligible for the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary because it was received after the first 90 days after the effective date for the rider. It will not be eligible for an Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary. Therefore, on the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Protected Income Base will not be less than $130,750 (= $100,000 x 1.05 + $15,000 x 1.05 + $10,000).

An example of the impact of a withdrawal on the Enhancement is included in the Withdrawal Amount section below.

Account Value Step-ups. The Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Contractowner/Annuitant (single life option), or the Contractowner/Annuitant and spouse (joint life option) are under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the

Table of Contents

Each time the Account Value Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Account Value Step-up is available even in those years when a withdrawal has occurred.

The fee rate can change each time there is an Account Value Step-up. That means if the current fee rate has increased, this would cause an increase in your annual fee rate for this rider. If your fee rate is increased, you may opt out of the Account Value Step-up. See Protected Lifetime Income Fees for details. If you decline an Account Value Step-up, you will continue to be eligible for an Enhancement as long as you meet the conditions listed above.

Following is an example of how the Account Value Step-up and a 5% Enhancement impact the Protected Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Protected Income Base
At issue	$50,000	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$56,700

On the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Account Value Step-up increased the Protected Income Base to the Contract Value of $54,000 since the increase in the Contract Value is greater than the 5% Enhancement amount of $2,500 (5% of $50,000). On the second Benefit Year anniversary, the 5% Enhancement provided a larger increase (5% of $54,000 = $2,700). The 5% Enhancement or an Account Value Step-up cannot increase the Protected Income Base beyond the maximum Protected Income Base of $10 million.

Withdrawal Amount. Protected Annual Income withdrawals are available when you (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) are age 59 or older (age 55 or older for riders purchased prior to May 18, 2020). The Protected Annual Income amount may be withdrawn from the contract each Benefit Year. As long as the Protected Annual Income amount is not reduced to zero because of an Excess Withdrawal, these withdrawals may be taken for your lifetime (single life option) or the lifetimes of you and your spouse (joint life option) but will be reduced if your Contract Value is reduced to zero.

The Protected Annual Income amount is determined by multiplying the Protected Income Base by the applicable rate, based on your age and whether the single or joint life option has been elected and whether or not your Contract Value has been reduced to zero. Under the joint life option, the age of the younger of you or your spouse will be used. The Protected Annual Income amount will change upon an Account Value Step-up, an Enhancement (if applicable), additional Purchase Payments, and Excess Withdrawals, as described below.

Protected Annual Income payments are not available until you have reached age 59 (age 55 for riders purchased prior to May 18, 2020) (the younger of you or your spouse under the joint life option). If your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than for an Excess Withdrawal, the Protected Annual Income rate and amount will be immediately reduced, as reflected on your Rate Sheet. The Protected Annual Income amount payable as calculated in Table A of the Rate Sheet cannot exceed the remaining Contract Value. However, if the total Protected Annual Income amounts received in the Benefit Year your Contract Value is reduced to zero are less than the recalculated Protected Annual Income amount based on Table B of the rate sheet payable for the remainder of the year, the difference for the remainder of that Benefit Year is payable in a lump sum. Otherwise, you will not be able to receive further Protected Annual Income payments until the next Benefit Year anniversary when scheduled payments automatically resume. Withdrawals equal to the Protected Annual Income amount will continue for your life (and your spouse’s life if the joint life option is chosen) under the Protected Annual Income Payout Option. You may not withdraw the remaining Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base in a lump sum. You will not be entitled to the Protected Annual Income amount if the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero as a

Table of Contents

result of an Excess Withdrawal. If either the Contract Value or the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate.

Withdrawals equal to or less than the Protected Annual Income amount will not reduce the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base. All withdrawals will decrease the Contract Value.

The following example shows the calculation of the Protected Annual Income amount and how withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount impact the Protected Income Base, the Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The example assumes a 5% Enhancement, a 4% Protected Annual Income rate, and a Contract Value of $200,000:

Contract Value on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base on the rider’s effective date	$200,000
Initial Protected Annual Income amount on the rider’s effective date ($200,000 x 4%)	$ 8,000
Contract Value six months after rider’s effective date	$210,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base six months after rider’s effective date	$200,000
Withdrawal six months after rider’s effective date	$ 8,000
Contract Value after withdrawal ($210,000 - $8,000)	$202,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base after withdrawal ($200,000 - $0)	$200,000
Contract Value on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base on the first Benefit Year anniversary	$205,000
Protected Annual Income amount on the first Benefit Year anniversary ($205,000 x 4%)	$ 8,200

Enhancements and Account Value Step-up will increase the Protected Income Base and thus the Protected Annual Income amount. The Protected Annual Income amount, after the Protected Income Base is adjusted by an Enhancement or an Account Value Step-up, will be equal to the adjusted Protected Income Base multiplied by the applicable Protected Annual Income rate. The Protected Annual Income will be lower when your Contract Value is reduced to zero for any reason other than an Excess Withdrawal, which will result in a reduced Protected Annual Income amount.

Excess Withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals are:

1.	the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) that exceed the Protected Annual Income amount at the time of the withdrawal;
2.	withdrawals made prior to age 59 (age 55 for riders purchased prior to May 18, 2020) (younger of you or your spouse for joint life); or
3.	withdrawals that are payable to any assignee or assignee’s bank account.

When an Excess Withdrawal occurs:

1.	the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are reduced by the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. This means that the reduction in the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal; and
2.	the Protected Annual Income amount will be recalculated to equal the applicable Protected Annual Income rate multiplied by the new (reduced) Protected Income Base (after the proportionate reduction for the Excess Withdrawal).

Table of Contents

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Protected Income Base = $85,000
Enhancement Base = $85,000
Protected Annual Income amount = $4,250 (5% of the Protected Income Base of $85,000)

On the following Benefit Year anniversary:

Contract Value = $43,000
Protected Income Base = $73,185
Enhancement Base = $73,185
Protected Annual Income amount = $3,659 (5% x $73,185)

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce your Protected Income Base, Enhancement Base, and Protected Annual Income amount. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. If the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, the rider and contract will terminate.

Surrender charges are waived on cumulative withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount. Excess Withdrawals will be subject to surrender charges unless one of the waivers of surrender charge provisions set forth in this prospectus is applicable. Continuing with the prior example of the $12,000 withdrawal: the $4,250 Protected Annual Income amount is not subject to surrender charges; the $7,750 Excess Withdrawal may be subject to surrender charges according to the surrender charge schedule in this prospectus. See Charges and Other Deductions – Surrender Charge.

1.	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;
2.	The RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
3.	No withdrawals other than RMDs are made within the Benefit Year (except as described in the next paragraph);
4.	This contract is not a beneficiary IRA; and
5.	The younger of you or your spouse (joint life option) are age 59 (age 55 for riders purchased prior to May 18, 2020) or over.

Table of Contents

Protected Annual Income Payout Option. The Protected Annual Income Payout Option (“PAIPO”) is an Annuity Payout option under which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive annuity payments equal to the Protected Income Base multiplied by the Protected Annual Income rate shown in Table B of your Rate Sheet, for life. This option is different from other Annuity Payout options, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value. If you are required to take annuity payments because you have reached the Annuity Commencement Date, you have the option of electing the PAIPO. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero and you have a remaining Protected Income Base, you will receive the PAIPO.

Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Protected Annual Income amount for your life or the lives of you and your spouse for the joint life option.

If you are receiving the PAIPO, the Beneficiary may be eligible to receive final payment upon death of the single life or surviving joint life. If the Contract Value Death Benefit option was in effect immediately prior to electing the PAIPO, the Beneficiary will not be eligible to receive the final payment. If the effective date of the rider is the same as the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the sum of all Purchase Payments, decreased by withdrawals. If the effective date of the rider is after the effective date of the contract, the final payment will be equal to the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider, increased for Purchase Payments received after the rider effective date and decreased by withdrawals. Excess Withdrawals reduce the final payment in the same proportion as the withdrawals reduce the Contract Value; withdrawals less than or equal to the Protected Annual Income amount and payments under the PAIPO will reduce the final payment dollar for dollar.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowner or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life, this rider will end and no further Protected Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was a Protected Income Base in effect at the time of the death). Upon the first death under the joint life option, withdrawals up to the Protected Annual Income amount continue to be available for the life of the surviving spouse. The Enhancement and Account Value Step-up will continue, if applicable, as discussed above. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage will end and no further Protected Annual Income amounts are available (even if there was a Protected Income Base in effect at the time of the death).

Termination. After the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing of the request to terminate or by failing to adhere to Investment Requirements. Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Protected Annual Income Payout Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon death under the single life option or the death of the Secondary Life under the joint life option;
•	upon election of i4LIFE^® Advantage;
•	when the Protected Annual Income amount or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	on the date the Contractowner is changed pursuant to an enforceable divorce agreement or decree; or
•	upon surrender or termination of the underlying annuity contract.

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Protected Income Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefit and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

4LATER^® Select Advantage

4LATER ^®Select Advantage is a Living Benefit Rider available for purchase that provides a Protected Income Base which will be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment upon the election of i4LIFE ^®Advantage. If you elect 4LATER ^®Select Advantage, you must later transition to i4LIFE ^®Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER ^®Select Advantage.

Availability. The 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider is available for election on all new and existing contracts. If you elect the rider at contract issue, it will be effective on the contract's effective date. If you elect the rider after the contract is issued, the rider will be

Table of Contents

effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us. We reserve the right to discontinue offering post-issue elections of this rider at any time upon advanced written notice to you. This means that there is a chance that you may not be able to elect it in the future. The initial Purchase Payment or Contract Value (if purchased after the contract is issued) must be at least $25,000. Rider elections are subject to Servicing Office approval if your Contract Value totals $1 million or more.

4LATER^® Select Advantage is not available with qualified contracts and is designed primarily for purchasers of nonqualified contracts where the Contractowner and Annuitant are different people (single life option) or with joint life benefits where the Secondary Life is not a spouse. The Contractowner, Annuitant, and Secondary Life under the joint life option must be age 85 or younger at the time this rider is elected.

If you own a Living Benefit Rider and you wish to elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage, you must first terminate your existing Living Benefit Rider. In most cases, you must wait at least 12 months after this termination and also comply with your existing Living Benefit Rider’s termination rules, before you will be able to elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage. For further information on termination rules, see the “Termination” section associated with your Living Benefit Rider. In all cases, by terminating your existing Living Benefit Rider, you will no longer be entitled to any of the benefits that have accrued under that rider.

If you elected 4LATER ^® Advantage (Managed Risk) and you want to terminate that rider to elect 4LATER ^® Select Advantage, we are currently waiving the five-year holding period that is required before terminating a rider. Additionally, we will no longer require a one-year waiting period before electing a new Living Benefit Rider in these situations. Other than the termination of your current rider, and the waiver of the holding period, your contract will not change in any way. Any applicable existing or future surrender charges will continue to apply, as described in your contract and this prospectus. We are doing this as a customer service to you, and there is no financial incentive being provided to you, your registered representative, or to anyone else if you decide to terminate your existing 4LATER ^® Advantage (Managed Risk) rider and elect 4LATER ^® Select Advantage. There is no guarantee that these waivers will be offered in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue them at any time.

In general, anytime you terminate a rider, you will no longer be entitled to any of the benefits that have accrued under that rider. If you decide to drop an existing rider, your current Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will terminate without value. In other words, you cannot transfer either your current Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base to the new rider. Your initial Protected Income Base under 4LATER^® Select Advantage will be equal to the Contract Value on the new rider effective date. Your initial Enhancement Base will be equal to the Protected Income Base on the rider effective date.

You should carefully compare the features and benefits provided by your existing rider to the features and benefits provided by 4LATER^® Select Advantage before making your decision. Different riders do not include all the same features and may not provide the same level of guarantee. You should also compare the fees and charges of each rider. If you have any question about terminating your existing rider to elect a new one, you should contract your registered representative or call us at 1-888-868-2583.

If you decide to elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage, you will be required to adhere to the Investment Requirements for your new rider. See – Investment Requirements.

Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base. The Protected Income Base is the value used to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit amount under i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit at a later date. The initial Protected Income Base varies based on when you elect the rider. If you elect the rider at the time you purchase the contract, the initial Protected Income Base will equal your initial Purchase Payment. If you elect the rider after we issue the contract, the initial Protected Income Base will equal the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider. The Protected Income Base is increased by subsequent Purchase Payments, Enhancements, and Account Value Step-ups, and decreased by all withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The maximum Protected Income Base is $10 million, which includes the total guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln New York contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or Secondary Life if joint life option) are the covered lives.

For rider elections on and after November 19, 2018, the Enhancement Base is the value used to calculate the amount that may be added to the Protected Income Base upon an Enhancement. The Enhancement Base is equal to the Protected Income Base on the effective date of the rider, increased by subsequent Purchase Payments and Account Value Step-ups, and decreased by withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The Enhancement Base is not increased by an Enhancement. Rider elections prior to November 19, 2018 do not have an Enhancement Base.

Neither the Protected Income Base nor the Enhancement Base is available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit.

Table of Contents

Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating an Enhancement. Any Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider will be included in the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base for purposes of calculating the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Servicing Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Each withdrawal reduces the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base in the same proportion as the amount withdrawn reduces the Contract Value on the Valuation Date of the withdrawal. The reduction to the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Protected Income Base, Enhancement Base, and the Contract Value. The Contractowner makes a withdrawal of $11,200 which causes a $12,550 reduction in the Protected Income Base.

Prior to the withdrawal:
Contract Value = $112,000
Protected Income Base = $125,500
Enhancement Base = $125,500

After a withdrawal of $11,200, the Contract Value is reduced by 10% ($11,200) and the Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base are also reduced by 10%, the same proportion by which the withdrawal reduced the Contract Value ($11,200 ÷ $112,000)

Contract Value = $100,800 ($112,000 - $11,200)
Protected Income Base = $112,950 ($125,500 x 10% = $12,550; $125,500 - $12,550 = $112,950)
Enhancement Base = $112,950 ($125,500 x 10% = $12,550; $125,500 - $12,550 = $112,950)

In a declining market, withdrawals may significantly reduce your Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base, and as a result will reduce your future Guaranteed Income Benefit. If the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals, this rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to a withdrawal, both the rider and the contract will terminate.

Enhancement. You are eligible for an increase in the Protected Income Base through an Enhancement on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a. the Annuitant (single life option) or the Annuitant and Secondary Life (joint life option) are under age 86;

b. there were no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year;

c. the rider is within the Enhancement Period (described below);

d. the Protected Income Base after the Enhancement amount is added would be greater than the Protected Income Base after the Account Value Step-up; and

e. the Enhancement Base is greater than zero.

The Enhancement equals the Enhancement Base or the Protected Income Base (depending on the rider purchase date), minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, multiplied by the Enhancement Rate. The Protected Income Base and the Enhancement Base are not reduced by Purchase Payments received in the first 90 days after the rider effective date.

If your rider was purchased:	The Enhancement is based on the…	…multiplied by the Enhancement Rate of…
On or after May 18, 2020 but prior to August 17, 2020	Enhancement Base	5%

Table of Contents

If your rider was purchased:	The Enhancement is based on the…	…multiplied by the Enhancement Rate of…
On or after November 19, 2018 but prior to May 18, 2020	Enhancement Base	6%
Prior to November 19, 2018	Protected Income Base	5%

Note: The Enhancement is not available on any Benefit Year anniversary if an Account Value Step-up to the Protected Income Base occurs, or where there has been a withdrawal of Contract Value in the preceding Benefit Year. If you are eligible (as defined above) for the Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the Enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.

The following is an example of the impact of the 5% Enhancement on the Protected Income Base and assumes that no withdrawals have been made.

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 of $10,000; Protected Income Base = $125,000; Enhancement Base = $125,000

This additional Purchase Payment is not eligible for the Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary because it was received after the first 90 days after the effective date for the rider. It will not be eligible for an Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary. Therefore, on the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Protected Income Base will not be less than $130,750 (= $100,000 x 1.05 + $15,000 x 1.05 + $10,000).

Enhancement Period. The original Enhancement Period is up to a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. For riders elected on and after November 19, 2018, a new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Account Value Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Account Value Step-ups, the Enhancements will stop at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Account Value Step-up occurs. Rider elections prior to November 19, 2018, only have one 10-year Enhancement Period.

Account Value Step-up. The Protected Income Base and Enhancement Base will automatically step-up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Annuitant (single life option), or the Secondary Life (joint life option) are still living and under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the protected lifetime income fee and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date and Persistency Credits, if any, added on that date, is equal to or greater than the Protected Income Base after an Enhancement (if any).

For riders elected on or after November 19, 2018, each time the Account Value Step-up occurs a new Enhancement Period starts. The Account Value Step-up is available even in years when a withdrawal has occurred.

Following is an example of how the Account Value Step-up and the 5% Enhancement impact the Protected Income Base (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

Table of Contents

	Contract Value	Protected Income Base
At issue	$50,000	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$56,700

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. 4LATER^® Select Advantage has no provision for a payout of the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant and provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of the 4LATER^® Select Advantage does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. Generally all Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9), as amended. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

If the Contractowner is not also named as the Annuitant or the Secondary Life, upon the first death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life, the 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider will continue. Upon the second death of either the Annuitant or Secondary Life, the rider will terminate.

Upon the death of the Contractowner, this rider will continue only if either Annuitant or the Secondary Life becomes the new Contractowner and payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage begin within one year after the death of the Contractowner.

Termination. After the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the 4LATER^® Select Advantage rider, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. After this time, the rider will also terminate if the Contractowner fails to adhere to the Investment Requirements. 4LATER^® Select Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date;
•	if the Annuitant is changed including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	upon the second death of either the Annuitant or Secondary Life;
•	when the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals;
•	the last day that you can elect i4LIFE^® Advantage (age 95, younger of you or your spouse); or
•	upon termination of the underlying contract.

This termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Protected Income Base or Enhancement Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit option. If you elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage, you must later transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER^® Select Advantage. This transition must be made prior to the maximum age limit and prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

i4LIFE^® Advantage

i4LIFE^® Advantage (the Variable Annuity Payout Option Rider in your contract) is an optional Annuity Payout rider you may purchase at an additional cost and is separate and distinct from other Annuity Payout options offered under your contract and described later in this prospectus. You may also purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for an additional charge.

i4LIFE^® Advantage provides variable, periodic Regular Income Payments for life subject to certain conditions. The optional Guaranteed Income Benefit provides a minimum payout floor for those Regular Income Payments. These payments are made during two time periods; an Access Period and a Lifetime Income Period, which are discussed in further detail below. If your Account Value is reduced to zero (except by additional withdrawals as described below), these payments will continue for your life (or the lives of you and your Secondary Life under the joint lifetime option) during the Lifetime Income Period. i4LIFE^® Advantage is different from other Annuity Payout options provided by Lincoln because with i4LIFE^® Advantage, you have the ability to make additional withdrawals or surrender the contract during the Access Period. If your Account Value is reduced to zero due to any additional withdrawals, i4LIFE^® Advantage will end and your contract will terminate. The Guaranteed Income Benefit is described in further detail below.

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, you must choose the Annuitant and Secondary Life (if applicable). The Annuitant and Secondary Life may not be changed after i4LIFE^® Advantage is elected. For qualified contracts, the Secondary Life must be the spouse. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits regarding the impact of a change to the Annuitant prior to the i4LIFE^® Advantage election.

Table of Contents

If i4LIFE^® Advantage is selected, the applicable transfer provisions among Subaccounts and the fixed account will continue to be those specified in your annuity contract for transfers on or before the Annuity Commencement Date. However, once i4LIFE^® Advantage begins, any automatic withdrawal service will terminate. See The Contracts – Transfers on or Before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Additional Purchase Payments may be made during the Access Period for an IRA annuity contract, unless a Guaranteed Income Benefit has been elected. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit option has been elected on an IRA contract, additional Purchase Payments may be made until the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is calculated. Additional Purchase Payments will not be accepted after the Periodic Income Commencement Date for a nonqualified annuity contract.

Availability. i4LIFE^® Advantage is available for contracts with a Contract Value of at least $50,000 and may be elected after the effective date of the contract and before any other Annuity Payout option under this contract is elected by sending a completed i4LIFE^® Advantage election form to our Servicing Office. i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) is the only version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit that is currently available, unless you are transitioning to Guaranteed Income Benefit from a Prior Rider. You may elect any available version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit when you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage or during the Access Period, if still available for election, subject to the terms and conditions at that time. You may choose not to purchase the Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage by indicating that you do not want the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit on the election form. Additionally, certain Living Benefit Riders allow a transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions below. If you intend to use the Protected Income Base or the Guaranteed Amount from a previously elected Living Benefit Rider to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit, you must elect the Guaranteed Income Benefit at the time you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage.

i4LIFE^® Advantage and the Guaranteed Income Benefit are available on nonqualified annuities, IRAs and Roth IRAs (check with your registered representative regarding availability in the SEP market). i4LIFE^® Advantage for IRA contracts is only available if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, are age 59½ or older at the time the rider is elected. i4LIFE^® Advantage without the Guaranteed Income Benefit must be elected by age 95 on IRA contracts or age 110 on nonqualified contracts. i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit must be elected by age 80 on IRA contracts or age 95 on nonqualified contracts. i4LIFE^® Advantage is not available to beneficiaries of IRA contracts. Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions for required minimum distributions.

Access Period. The Access Period begins on the Periodic Income Commencement Date and is a defined period of time during which we pay variable, periodic Regular Income Payments and provide a Death Benefit. During this period, you may surrender the contract and make withdrawals from your Account Value (defined below). The Lifetime Income Period begins immediately at the end of the Access Period and the remaining Account Value is used to make Regular Income Payments for the rest of your life (or the Secondary Life if applicable). During the Lifetime Income Period, you will no longer be able to make withdrawals or surrenders or receive a Death Benefit. If your Account Value is reduced to zero because of Regular Income Payments or market loss, your Access Period ends.

The minimum and maximum Access Periods are established at the time you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage with or without the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The current Access Period requirements are outlined in the following chart:

	Minimum Access Period	Maximum Access Period
i4LIFE^® Advantage (without a Guaranteed Income Benefit)	5 years	The length of time between your age and age 115 for nonqualified contracts; age 100 for qualified contracts
Select Guaranteed Income Benefit Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age (nearest birthday) and age 90	To age 115 for nonqualified contracts; to age 100 for qualified contracts
Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age (nearest birthday) and age 100	To age 115 for nonqualified contracts; to age 100 for qualified contracts

The minimum Access Period requirements may vary if you transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit from another rider. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions below.

Generally, shorter Access Periods will produce a higher initial Regular Income Payment than longer Access Periods. At any time during the Access Period, you may extend or shorten the length of the Access Period subject to Servicing Office approval. Additional restrictions may apply if you are under age 59½ when you request a change to the Access Period. Currently, if you extend the Access Period, it must be extended at least 5 years. If you change the Access Period, subsequent Regular Income Payments will be adjusted accordingly, and the Account Value remaining at the end of the new Access Period will be applied to continue Regular Income Payments for your life. If you shorten the Access Period, the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will terminate. Currently, changes to the Access Period can only be made on Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversaries.

Table of Contents

Additional limitations on issue ages and features may be necessary to comply with the IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. We may reduce or terminate the Access Period for IRA i4LIFE^® Advantage contracts in order to keep the Regular Income Payments in compliance with IRC provisions for required minimum distributions. If we lower the Access Period to comply with IRC provisions, there is no impact to the Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Account Value. The initial Account Value is the Contract Value on the Valuation Date i4LIFE^® Advantage is effective, less any applicable premium taxes. During the Access Period, the Account Value on a Valuation Date will equal the total value of all of the Contractowner's Accumulation Units plus the Contractowner's value in the fixed account, and will be reduced by Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments made as well as any withdrawals taken. You will have access to your Account Value during the Access Period. After the Access Period ends, the remaining Account Value will be applied to continue Regular Income Payments for your life (and the Secondary Life under the joint life option) and the Account Value will be reduced to zero.

Regular Income Payments during the Access Period. i4LIFE^® Advantage provides for variable, periodic Regular Income Payments for as long as an Annuitant (or Secondary Life, if applicable) is living.

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, you will make several choices that will impact the amount of your Regular Income Payments:

•	single or joint life option;
•	the date you will receive the initial Regular Income Payment;
•	the frequency of the payments (monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually);
•	the frequency the payment is recalculated;
•	the assumed investment return (AIR); and
•	the date the Access Period ends and the Lifetime Income Period begins.

Some of the choices will not be available if you elect the Guaranteed Income Benefit.

If you do not choose a payment frequency, the default is a monthly payment frequency. You may also elect to have Regular Income Payments from nonqualified contracts recalculated only once each year rather than recalculated at the time of each payment. This results in level Regular Income Payments between recalculation dates. Qualified contracts are only recalculated once per year, on December 31^st (if not a Valuation Date, then on the first Valuation Date of the calendar year). For nonqualified contracts, the Contractowner must elect the levelized option for Regular Income Payments if Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

AIR rates of 3%, 4% or 5% may be available for Regular Income Payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage. As of February 15, 2016, the 5% AIR is no longer available for i4LIFE^® Advantage elections. The higher the AIR you choose, the higher your initial Regular Income Payment will be and the higher the return must be to increase subsequent Regular Income Payments.

A 3% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments under:

•	Elections of Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) on or after May 18, 2020; and
•	Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections prior to February 19, 2019.

A 4% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments under:

•	Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections made between February 19, 2019 and May 17, 2020; and
•	Elections of all other versions of Guaranteed Income Benefit prior to May 18, 2020.

The AIR used to calculate the Regular Income Payments if transitioning from a Prior Rider may be different. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions below.

Regular Income Payments must begin within one year of the date you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage and will continue until the death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, or surrender.

Regular Income Payments are not subject to any applicable surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions. For information regarding income tax consequences of Regular Income Payments, see Federal Tax Matters.

The initial Regular Income Payment is calculated from the Account Value on a date no more than 14 days prior to the date you select to begin receiving Regular Income Payments. This calculation date is called the Periodic Income Commencement Date, and is the same date the Access Period begins. The amount of the initial Regular Income Payment is determined by dividing the Contract Value, less applicable premium taxes by 1,000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor. The annuity factor is based upon:

•	the age and sex of the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable;
•	the length of the Access Period selected;
•	the frequency of the payments;
•	the AIR selected; and
•	the Individual Annuity Mortality table specified in your contract.

Table of Contents

The annuity factor used to determine the Regular Income Payments reflects the fact that, during the Access Period, you have the ability to withdraw the entire Account Value and that a Death Benefit will be paid to your Beneficiary upon your death. These benefits during the Access Period result in a slightly lower Regular Income Payment, during both the Access Period and the Lifetime Income Period, than would be payable if this access was not permitted and no lump-sum Death Benefit was payable. (The Contractowner must elect an Access Period of no less than the minimum Access Period which is currently set at 5 years.) The annuity factor also reflects the requirement that there be sufficient Account Value at the end of the Access Period to continue your Regular Income Payments for the remainder of your life (and/or the Secondary Life if applicable), during the Lifetime Income Period, with no further access or Death Benefit.

The amount of your Regular Income Payment will be impacted by the length of the Access Period you have chosen. For example, if a 70-year old male makes a $100,000 initial Purchase Payment, elects monthly payments, a 4% AIR, and a 20-year Access Period, the initial Regular Income Payment will be $509.67 per month ($6,116.04 annually). Using the same assumptions, but with a 30-year Access Period, the initial Regular Income Payment will be $448.85 per month ($5,386.20 annually).

The Account Value will vary with the actual net investment return of the Subaccounts selected and the interest credited on the fixed account, which then determines the subsequent Regular Income Payments during the Access Period. Each subsequent Regular Income Payment (unless the levelized option is selected) is determined by dividing the Account Value on the applicable Valuation Date by 1,000 and multiplying this result by an annuity factor revised to reflect the declining length of the Access Period. As a result of this calculation, the actual net returns in the Account Value are measured against the AIR to determine subsequent Regular Income Payments. If the actual net investment return (annualized) for the contract exceeds the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will increase at a rate approximately equal to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual net investment return for the contract is less than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will decrease. For example, if net investment return is 3% higher (annualized) than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment for the next year will increase by approximately 3%. Conversely, if actual net investment return is 3% lower than the AIR, the Regular Income Payment will decrease by approximately 3%.

Withdrawals made during the Access Period will also reduce the Account Value that is available for Regular Income Payments, and subsequent Regular Income Payments will be recalculated and could be increased or reduced, based on the Account Value following the withdrawal.

For a joint life option, if either the Annuitant or Secondary Life dies during the Access Period, Regular Income Payments will be recalculated using a revised annuity factor based on the single surviving life, if doing so provides a higher Regular Income Payment. On a joint life option, the Secondary Life spouse must be either the primary Beneficiary or joint owner in order to receive the remaining payments after the first spouse’s death.

For nonqualified contracts, if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, the Guaranteed Income Benefit (if any) will terminate and the annuity factor will be revised for a non-life contingent Regular Income Payment and Regular Income Payments will continue until the Account Value is fully paid out and the Access Period ends. For qualified contracts, if the Annuitant and Secondary Life, if applicable, both die during the Access Period, i4LIFE^® Advantage (and any Guaranteed Income Benefit) will terminate.

Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period. The Lifetime Income Period begins at the end of the Access Period if either the Annuitant or Secondary Life is living. Your earlier elections regarding the frequency of Regular Income Payments, AIR and the frequency of the recalculation do not change. The initial Regular Income Payment during the Lifetime Income Period is determined by dividing the Account Value on the last Valuation Date of the Access Period by 1,000 and multiplying the result by an annuity factor revised to reflect that the Access Period has ended. The annuity factor is based upon:

•	the age and sex of the Annuitant and Secondary Life (if living);
•	the frequency of the Regular Income Payments;
•	the AIR selected; and
•	the Individual Annuity Mortality table specified in your contract.

The impact of the length of the Access Period and any withdrawals made during the Access Period will continue to be reflected in the Regular Income Payments during the Lifetime Income Period. To determine subsequent Regular Income Payments, the contract is credited with a fixed number of Annuity Units equal to the initial Regular Income Payment (during the Lifetime Income Period) divided by the Annuity Unit value (by Subaccount). Subsequent Regular Income Payments are determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units per Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value. Your Regular Income Payments will vary based on the value of your Annuity Units. If your Regular Income Payments are adjusted on an annual basis, the total of the annual payment is transferred to Lincoln New York's general account to be paid out based on the payment mode you selected. Your payment(s) will not be affected by market performance during that year. Your Regular Income Payment(s) for the following year will be recalculated at the beginning of the following year based on the current value of the Annuity Units.

Regular Income Payments will continue for as long as the Annuitant or Secondary Life, if applicable, is living, and will continue to be adjusted for investment performance of the Subaccounts your Annuity Units are invested in (and the fixed account if applicable). Regular Income Payments vary with investment performance.

Table of Contents

During the Lifetime Income Period, there is no longer an Account Value; therefore, no withdrawals are available and no Death Benefit is payable. In addition, transfers are not allowed from a fixed annuity payment to a variable annuity payment.

Guaranteed Income Benefit

The Guaranteed Income Benefit is an optional benefit that is available for an additional charge. It provides that your Regular Income Payments will never be less than a minimum payout floor, regardless of the actual investment performance of your contract. i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) is the only version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit that is currently available, unless you are transitioning to Guaranteed Income Benefit from a Prior Rider.

If you purchase any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, you will be required to adhere to Investment Requirements, which will limit your ability to invest in certain Subaccounts offered in your contract. In addition, the fixed account is not available except for use with dollar cost averaging. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements for more information. You will be subject to those Investment Requirements for the entire time you own the rider. Failure to comply with the Investment Requirements will result in the termination of the rider.

There is no guarantee that any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be available to elect in the future, as we reserve the right to discontinue this option at any time. In addition, we may make different versions of the Guaranteed Income Benefit available to new purchasers or may create different versions for use with various Living Benefit Riders. However, certain Living Benefit Riders may guarantee a Contractowner the right to transition from that Prior Rider to a version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit that may no longer be offered. The transition rules are set forth below.

The total annual Guaranteed Income Benefit that would otherwise be payable may be subject to a maximum amount. Please refer to your contract or contact your registered representative for more information.

Guaranteed Income Benefit Amount. For Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk), and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4), the Guaranteed Income Benefit will be based on A, or if transitioning from a Prior Rider, the greater of A and B:

A.	the Account Value immediately prior to electing Guaranteed Income Benefit; or
B.	the Protected Income Base under the Prior Rider (or the Guaranteed Amount under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage) reduced by all Protected Annual Income payments since the last Account Value Step-up (or inception date if no step-ups have occurred).

The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit will be an amount equal to a specified percentage of the above, based on your age (or the age of the younger life under a joint life option) at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

The following is an example of how the Guaranteed Amount or the Protected Income Base from another Living Benefit Rider may be used to calculate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. The example assumes that a 4.5% Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage is used to calculate the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Account Value (equals Contract Value on date i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected)	$100,000
Guaranteed Amount/Protected Income Base on date i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected:	$140,000
Initial Regular Income Payment	$5,411
Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4.5% x $140,000 Guaranteed Amount/Protected Income Base which is greater than $100,000 Account Value)	$6,300

Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages and Age-Bands. The specific percentages and applicable age-bands for calculating the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit are discussed below.

The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages applicable to new rider elections are determined in our sole discretion based on current economic factors including interest rates and equity market volatility. Generally, the percentages may increase or decrease based on changes in equity market volatility, prevailing interest rates, or as a result of other economic conditions. This percentage structure is intended to help us provide the guarantees under the rider. The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages for new rider elections may be higher or lower than prior percentages, but for existing Contractowners that have elected the rider, your Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages will not change as a result.

Select Guaranteed Income Benefit and Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk). The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages applicable to new rider elections, including transitions from a Prior Rider, are set forth in a Rate Sheet prospectus supplement. The Rate Sheet indicates the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage and the date by which your application or rider election form must be signed and dated for a contract to be issued with that percentage.

Table of Contents

The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages in the Rate Sheet can be superseded. The effective date of a subsequent Rate Sheet will be at least 10 days after it is filed. The Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages in any subsequent Rate Sheet may be higher or lower than the percentages on the previous Rate Sheet. Your application or rider election form must be sent to us, and must be signed and dated on after the effective date of the Rate Sheet in order to get the percentage indicated in a Rate Sheet. Current Rate Sheets will be included with the prospectus. You can also obtain the most current Rate Sheet by contacting your registered representative, online at www.LincolnFinancial.com or by calling us at 1-888-868-2583. Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages for previous effective periods are included in an Appendix to this prospectus.

Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). The specified percentages and the corresponding age-bands for calculating the Guaranteed Income Benefit under Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) are outlined in an Appendix to this prospectus. Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) is only available for purchase if you are guaranteed the right to elect a prior version under a Prior Rider.

Guaranteed Income Benefit General Provisions

For all versions of the Guaranteed Income Benefit, if the amount of your i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment has fallen below the Guaranteed Income Benefit because of poor investment results, a payment equal to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is the minimum payment you will receive. If the market performance in your contract is sufficient to provide Regular Income Payments at a level that exceeds the Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Guaranteed Income Benefit will never come into effect. If the Guaranteed Income Benefit is paid, it will be paid with the same frequency as your Regular Income Payment. If your Regular Income Payment is less than the Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will reduce the Account Value by the Regular Income Payment plus an additional amount equal to the difference between your Regular Income Payment and the Guaranteed Income Benefit (in other words, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments reduce the Account Value by the entire amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment). (Regular Income Payments also reduce the Account Value). This payment will be made from the variable Subaccounts and the fixed account proportionately, according to your investment allocations.

If your Account Value reaches zero as a result of payments to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit, we will continue to pay you an amount equal to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. If your Account Value reaches zero, your Access Period will end and your Lifetime Income Period will begin. Additional amounts withdrawn from the Account Value to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit may terminate your Access Period earlier than originally scheduled, and will reduce your Death Benefit. If your Account Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid. See i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits. After the Access Period ends, we will continue to pay the Guaranteed Income Benefit for as long as the Annuitant (or the Secondary Life, if applicable) is living.

The following example illustrates how poor investment performance, which results in a Guaranteed Income Benefit payment, affects the i4LIFE^® Account Value:

i4LIFE^® Account Value before market decline	$135,000
i4LIFE^® Account Value after market decline	$100,000
Monthly Guaranteed Income Benefit	$810
Monthly Regular Income Payment after market decline	$769
Account Value after market decline and Guaranteed Income Benefit payment	$99,190

The Contractowner receives an amount equal to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. The entire amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit is deducted from the Account Value.

Guaranteed Income Benefit Step-ups

Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) and Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4). The Guaranteed Income Benefit will automatically step up every year to 75% of the current Regular Income Payment, if that result is greater than the immediately prior Guaranteed Income Benefit. For nonqualified contracts, the step-up will occur annually on the first Valuation Date on or after each Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary starting on the first Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary. For qualified contracts, the step-up will occur annually on the first Valuation Date of the first periodic income payment of each calendar year.

The following example illustrates how the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit is calculated for a Contractowner with a nonqualified contract, and how a step-up would increase the Guaranteed Income Benefit in a subsequent year. The example assumes a 4% percentage was used to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit, and that the Account Value has increased due to positive investment returns resulting in a higher recalculated Regular Income Payment. See Living Benefit Riders – i4LIFE^® Advantage – Regular Income Payments during the Access Period for a discussion of recalculation of the Regular Income Payment.

Table of Contents

8/1/2020 Amount of initial Regular Income Payment	$4,801
8/1/2020 Account Value at election of Guaranteed Income Benefit	$100,000
8/1/2020 Initial Guaranteed Income Benefit (4% x $100,000 Account Value)	$4,000
8/1/2021 Recalculated Regular Income Payment	$6,000
8/1/2021 Guaranteed Income Benefit after step-up (75% of $6,000)	$4,500

The Guaranteed Income Benefit was increased to 75% of the recalculated Regular Income Payment.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions

Certain Living Benefit Riders (“Prior Rider”) allow you to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit.

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to…
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage on or after August 29, 2016 (for existing Contractowners October 3, 2016) 4LATER^® Select Advantage	Select Guaranteed Income Benefit
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk)	Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)
Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage prior to August 29, 2016 (for existing contracts October 3, 2016) Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0	Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)

The following discussion applies to all of these transitions.

If you have elected one of the Prior Riders listed above, you are guaranteed the right to transition to the applicable version of the Guaranteed Income Benefit even if that version is no longer available for purchase. You are also guaranteed that the Guaranteed Income Benefit percentage and Access Period requirements will be at least as favorable as those in effect at the time you purchased your Prior Rider. The Investment Requirements under your Prior Rider continue to apply after you transition to the Guaranteed Income Benefit. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements for a description of these investment requirements. The initial Guaranteed Income Benefit will be an amount equal to a specified percentage of the greater of your Account Value or Protected Income Base or Guaranteed Amount, as applicable, based on your age (or the younger life under a joint life option) at the time the Guaranteed Income Benefit is elected.

If the decision to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is made because it is your last day of eligibility to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, you may also use the current Protected Annual Income amount, if higher, to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. This decision must be made by the maximum age to elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, which is 95 for nonqualified contract and age 80 for qualified contract. Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) (purchased prior to May 18, 2020), Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (purchased prior to April 2, 2012), or 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) who have waited until after the fifth Benefit Year anniversary may elect the appropriate version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit until age 99 for nonqualified contracts and age 85 for qualified contracts.

If you have the single life option under your Prior Rider, you must transition to the single life option under i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit; joint life option must transition to the joint life option. The minimum Access Period requirements may vary based on which Prior Rider you elected, and are specifically listed in the chart below.

While i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is in effect, the Contractowner cannot change the payment mode elected or decrease the length of the Access Period.

Different minimum Access Period requirements may apply if you use the greater of the Account Value or Protected Income Base (less amounts paid since the last automatic step-up) under a Prior Rider to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit as set forth below:

Table of Contents

Minimum Access Period
	Elections of i4LIFE ^®Advantage prior to the 5 ^thBenefit Year anniversary	Elections of i4LIFE ^®Advantage on and after the 5 ^thBenefit Year anniversary
Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 on or after April 2, 2012	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 100	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 95
Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) prior to May 18, 2020 Purchasers of 4LATER ^®Advantage (Managed Risk) Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 prior to April 2, 2012	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 90	Longer of 15 years or the difference between your age and age 85
Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) on or after May 18, 2020 Purchasers of Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage Purchasers of 4LATER ^®Select Advantage	Longer of 20 years or the difference between your age and age 90	N/A

A 3% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments for all transitions to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit, and for transitions to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) if your Prior Rider was purchased on or after May 18, 2020. A 4% AIR will be used to calculate the Regular Income Payments for all other transitions to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) if your Prior Rider was purchased prior to May 18, 2020.

When deciding whether to transition from your Prior Rider to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, you should consider that depending on your age (and the age of your Secondary Life under the joint life option) and the selected length of the Access Period, i4LIFE^® Advantage may provide a higher payout than the Protected Annual Income amounts from your Prior Rider. You should consider electing i4LIFE^® Advantage when you are ready to immediately start receiving i4LIFE^® Advantage payments, whereas with your Prior Rider, you may defer taking withdrawals until a later date. Payments from a nonqualified contract that a person receives under the i4LIFE^® Advantage rider are treated as “amounts received as an annuity” under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code because the payments occur after the annuity starting date. These payments are subject to an “exclusion ratio” as provided in section 72(b) of the Code, which means a portion of each Annuity Payout is treated as income (taxable at ordinary income rates), and the remainder is treated as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments. In contrast, withdrawals under your Prior Rider are not treated as amounts received as an annuity because they occur prior to the annuity starting date. As a result, such withdrawals are treated first as a return of any existing gain in the contract (which is the measure of the extent to which the Contract Value exceeds Purchase Payments), and then as a nontaxable return of Purchase Payments.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefits

When you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage, the Death Benefit option that you previously elected will become the Death Benefit election under i4LIFE^® Advantage, unless you elect a less expensive Death Benefit option. Existing Contractowners with the Account Value Death Benefit, who elect i4LIFE^® Advantage must choose the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. The amount paid under the new Death Benefit may be less than the amount that would have been paid under the Death Benefit provided before i4LIFE^® Advantage began (if premium taxes have been deducted from the Contract Value).

i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit is only available during the Access Period and is equal to the Account Value as of the Valuation Date on which we approve the payment of the death claim. You may not change this Death Benefit once it is elected.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit is only available during the Access Period and is equal to the greater of:

•	the Account Value as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments, less the sum of Regular Income Payments and other withdrawals where:

•	Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit and withdrawals under a Prior Rider that are not Excess Withdrawals, reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
•	all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the Death Benefit in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value.

Table of Contents

References to Purchase Payments and withdrawals include Purchase Payments and withdrawals made prior to the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage if your contract was in force with the Guarantee of Principal or greater Death Benefit option prior to that election. Withdrawals that were not treated as Excess Withdrawals under a Prior Rider will reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the withdrawal.

In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a proportionate withdrawal on your Death Benefit:

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit	$200,000
Regular Income Payment	$25,000
Account Value at the time of additional withdrawal	$150,000
Additional withdrawal	$15,000	($15,000/$150,000=10% withdrawal)

Death Benefit Value after Regular Income Payment = $200,000 - $25,000 = $175,000
Reduction in Death Benefit value for withdrawal = $175,000 x 10% = $17,500
Death Benefit Value after additional withdrawal = $175,000 - $17,500 = $157,500

The Regular Income Payment reduced the Death Benefit by $25,000 and the additional withdrawal caused a 10% reduction in the Death Benefit, the same percentage that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value.

During the Access Period, contracts with the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit may elect to change to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit by contacting us in writing at our Servicing Office. This change will be effective on the Valuation Date we receive the request, at our Servicing Office, and we will begin deducting the lower i4LIFE^® Advantage charge at that time. Once the change is effective, you may not elect to return to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit.

i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB. The i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB is only available during the Access Period and is the greatest of:

•	the Account Value as of the Valuation Date on which we approve the payment of the claim; or
•	the sum of all Purchase Payments, less the sum of Regular Income Payments and other withdrawals where:

•	Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit and withdrawals under a Prior Rider that are not Excess Withdrawals, reduce the Death Benefit by the dollar amount of the payment; and
•	all other withdrawals, if any, reduce the Death Benefit in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value.

•

the highest Account Value or Contract Value on any contract anniversary date (including the inception date of the contract) after the EGMDB is effective (determined before the allocation of any Purchase Payments on that contract anniversary) prior to the 81^st birthday of the deceased and prior to the date of death. The highest Account Value or Contract Value is increased by Purchase Payments and is decreased by Regular Income Payments, including withdrawals to provide the Guaranteed Income Benefit and all other withdrawals subsequent to the anniversary date on which the highest Account Value or Contract Value is obtained. Regular Income Payments, including Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, and withdrawals are deducted in the same proportion that Regular Income Payments, Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, and withdrawals reduce the Contract Value or Account Value.

When determining the highest anniversary value, if you elected the EGMDB in the base contract and this Death Benefit was in effect when you purchased i4LIFE^® Advantage, we will look at the Contract Value before i4LIFE^® Advantage and the Account Value after the i4LIFE^® Advantage election to determine the highest anniversary value. We will look at such values on the contract annual anniversary date.

In a declining market, withdrawals which are deducted in the same proportion that withdrawals reduce the Account Value, may have a magnified effect on the reduction of the Death Benefit payable. This is because the reduction in the benefit may be more than the dollar amount withdrawn from the Contract Value. All references to withdrawals include deductions for any applicable charges associated with those withdrawals (surrender charges for example) and premium taxes, if any.

Table of Contents

Contracts with the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB may elect to change to the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guarantee of Principal or the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit by contacting us in writing at the Servicing Office. This change will be effective on the Valuation Date we receive the request, at our Servicing Office, and we will begin deducting the lower i4LIFE^® Advantage charge at that time. Once the change is effective, you may not elect to return to the i4LIFE^® Advantage EGMDB.

General Death Benefit Provisions. These Death Benefit options are only available during the Access Period and will terminate when the Account Value equals zero, because the Access Period terminates.

If there is a change in the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant during the life of the contract, for any reason other than death, the only Death Benefit payable for the new person will be the i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value Death Benefit. On a joint life option, the Secondary Life spouse must be either the primary Beneficiary or joint owner in order to receive the remaining payments after the first spouse’s death.

For nonqualified contracts, upon the death of the Contractowner, joint owner or Annuitant, the Contractowner (or Beneficiary) may elect to terminate the contract and receive full payment of the Death Benefit or may elect to continue the contract and receive Regular Income Payments. Upon the death of the Secondary Life, who is not also an owner, only the surrender value is paid.

If you are the owner of an IRA annuity contract, and there is no Secondary Life, and you die during the Access Period, the i4LIFE^® Advantage will terminate. A spouse Beneficiary may start a new i4LIFE^® Advantage program.

If a death occurs during the Access Period, the value of the Death Benefit will be determined as of the Valuation Date we approve the payment of the claim. Approval of payment will occur upon our receipt of all the following:

1.	an original certified death certificate or any other proof of death satisfactory to us; and
2.	written authorization for payment; and
3.	all required claim forms, fully completed (including selection of a settlement option).

Upon notification to us of the death, Regular Income Payments may be suspended until the death claim is approved by us. Upon approval, a lump sum payment for the value of any suspended payments will be made as of the date the death claim is approved, and Regular Income Payments will continue, if applicable. The excess, if any, of the Death Benefit over the Account Value will be credited into the contract at that time.

If a lump sum settlement is elected, the proceeds will be mailed within seven days of approval by us of the claim subject to the laws, regulations and tax code governing payment of Death Benefits. This payment may be postponed as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

i4LIFE^® Advantage General Provisions

Withdrawals. You may request a withdrawal at any time prior to or during the Access Period. We reduce the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal, and all subsequent Regular Income Payments and Guaranteed Income Benefit payments, if applicable, will be recalculated. The Guaranteed Income Benefit is reduced proportionately. Withdrawals may have tax consequences. See Federal Tax Matters. Withdrawals are subject to any applicable surrender charges except when amounts may be withdrawn free of surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Guaranteed Income Benefit payments:

i4LIFE^® Regular Income Payment before additional withdrawal	$1,200
Guaranteed Income Benefit before additional withdrawal	$900
Account Value at time of additional withdrawal	$150,000
Additional withdrawal	$15,000	(a 10% withdrawal)

Reduction in Guaranteed Income Benefit for additional withdrawal = $900 x 10% = $90
Guaranteed Income Benefit after additional withdrawal = $900 - $90 = $810

Surrender. At any time prior to or during the Access Period, you may surrender the contract by withdrawing the surrender value. If the contract is surrendered, the contract terminates and no further Regular Income Payments will be made. Withdrawals are subject to any applicable surrender charges except when amounts may be withdrawn free of surrender charges. See Charges and Other Deductions.

Table of Contents

Termination. You may terminate i4LIFE^® Advantage prior to the end of the Access Period by notifying us in writing. The termination will be effective on the next Valuation Date after we receive the notice.

For IRA annuity contracts, upon termination, the i4LIFE ^®Advantage charge will end and the base contract expense for the Death Benefit you have elected will resume. Your Contract Value upon termination will be equal to the Account Value on the Valuation Date we terminate i4LIFE ^®Advantage.

For nonqualified contracts, your i4LIFE^® Advantage Death Benefit will terminate, and the Account Value Death Benefit will be in effect. The i4LIFE^® Advantage charge will end, and the charge for the Account Value Death Benefit will begin. All earnings in the contract will be subject to income taxation in the year of the termination. A termination will be treated as a surrender for income tax purposes. If you choose to keep your underlying contract in force, this transaction will be treated as a repurchase for purposes of calculating future income taxes. Your Contract Value upon termination will be equal to the Account Value on the Valuation Date we terminate i4LIFE^® Advantage.

The i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will terminate due to any of the following events:

•	the death of the Annuitant (or the later of the death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life if a joint payout was elected); or
•	a Contractowner requested a decrease in the Access Period or a change to the Regular Income Payment frequency; or
•	upon written notice from the Contractowner to us; or
•	assignment of the contract; or
•	failure to comply with Investment Requirements.

A termination due to a decrease in the Access Period, a change in the Regular Income Payment frequency, or upon written notice from the Contractowner will be effective as of the Valuation Date on the next Periodic Income Commencement Date anniversary. Termination will be only for the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit and not the i4LIFE^® Advantage election, unless otherwise specified. However, if you used the greater of the Account Value, Protected Income Base, or Guaranteed Amount under a previously held Living Benefit Rider to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit, any termination of the Guaranteed Income Benefit will also result in a termination of the i4LIFE^® Advantage election. If you terminate the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit you may be able to re-elect it, if available, after one year. The election will be treated as a new purchase, subject to the terms and charges in effect at the time of election and the i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payment will be recalculated. The i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be based on the Account Value at the time of the election.

Annuity Payouts

When you apply for a contract, you may select any Annuity Commencement Date permitted by law, which is usually on or before the Annuitant's 99^th birthday. Your broker-dealer may recommend that you annuitize at an earlier age. As an alternative, Contractowners with Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage may elect to annuitize their Guaranteed Amount under the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option. Contractowners with any version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0, Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage may elect to annuitize their Protected Income Base under the Protected Annual Income Payout Option.

The contract provides optional forms of payouts of annuities (annuity options), each of which is payable on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a combination of both as you specify. The contract provides that all or part of the Contract Value may be used to purchase an Annuity Payout option. The minimum rates used to purchase any of the annuity options discussed below are shown in the contract.

You may elect Annuity Payouts in monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual installments. If the payouts from any Subaccount would be or become less than $50, we have the right to reduce their frequency until the payouts are at least $50 each. Following are explanations of the annuity options available.

Annuity Options

The annuity options outlined below do not apply to Contractowners who have elected i4LIFE^® Advantage or any version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal Amount Annuity Payout Option or the Protected Annual Income Payout Option.

Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the lifetime of the Annuitant and ends with the last payout before the death of the Annuitant. This option offers the highest periodic payout since there is no guarantee of a minimum number of payouts or provision for a Death Benefit for Beneficiaries. However, there is the risk under this option that the recipient would receive no payouts if the Annuitant dies before the date set for the first payout; only one payout if death occurs before the second scheduled payout, and so on. The Annuitant must be under age 81 to elect this option.

Life Annuity with Payouts Guaranteed for Designated Period. This option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and then continues throughout the lifetime of the Annuitant. The designated period is selected by the Contractowner.

Table of Contents

Joint Life Annuity. This option offers a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. However, under a joint life annuity, if both Annuitants die before the date set for the first payout, no payouts will be made. Only one payment would be made if both deaths occur before the second scheduled payout, and so on.

Joint Life Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option guarantees periodic payouts during a designated period, usually 10 or 20 years, and continues during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. The payouts continue during the lifetime of the survivor. The designated period is selected by the Contractowner.

Joint Life and Two Thirds to Survivor Annuity. This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a designated joint Annuitant. When one of the joint Annuitants dies, the survivor receives two thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive.

Joint Life and Two-Thirds Survivor Annuity with Guaranteed Period. This option provides a periodic payout during the joint lifetime of the Annuitant and a joint Annuitant. When one of the joint Annuitants dies, the survivor receives two-thirds of the periodic payout made when both were alive. This option further provides that should one or both of the Annuitants die during the elected guaranteed period, usually 10 or 20 years, full benefit payment will continue for the rest of the guaranteed period.

Life Annuity with Unit Refund. This option offers a periodic payout during the lifetime of the Annuitant with the guarantee that upon death a payout will be made of the value of the number of Annuity Units (see Variable Annuity Payouts) equal to the excess, if any, of:

•	the total amount applied under this option divided by the Annuity Unit value for the date payouts begin, minus
•	the Annuity Units represented by each payout to the Annuitant multiplied by the number of payouts paid before death.

The value of the number of Annuity Units is computed on the date the death claim is approved for payment by the Servicing Office.

Life Annuity with Cash Refund. Fixed annuity benefit payments that will be made for the lifetime of the Annuitant with the guarantee that upon death, should (a) the total dollar amount applied to purchase this option be greater than (b) the fixed annuity benefit payment multiplied by the number of annuity benefit payments paid prior to death, then a refund payment equal to the dollar amount of (a) minus (b) will be made.

Under the annuity options listed above, you may not make withdrawals. Other options, with or without withdrawal features, may be made available by us. You may pre-select an Annuity Payout option as a method of paying the Death Benefit to a Beneficiary. If you do, the Beneficiary cannot change this payout option. You may change or revoke in writing to our Servicing Office, any such selection, unless such selection was made irrevocable. If you have not already chosen an Annuity Payout option, the Beneficiary may choose any Annuity Payout option. At death, options are only available to the extent they are consistent with the requirements of the contract as well as Sections 72(s) and 401(a)(9) of the tax code, if applicable.

General Information

Any previously selected Death Benefit in effect before the Annuity Commencement Date will no longer be available on and after the Annuity Commencement Date. You may change the Annuity Commencement Date, change the annuity option or change the allocation of the investment among Subaccounts up to 30 days before the scheduled Annuity Commencement Date, upon written notice to the Servicing Office. You must give us at least 30 days’ notice before the date on which you want payouts to begin. Annuity payouts may not commence within twelve months after the effective date of the contract. We may require proof of age, sex, or survival of any payee upon whose age, sex, or survival payments depend.

Unless you select another option, the contract automatically provides for a life annuity with Annuity Payouts guaranteed for 10 years (on a fixed, variable or combination fixed and variable basis, in proportion to the account allocations at the time of annuitization) except when a joint life payout is required by law. Under any option providing for guaranteed period payouts, the number of payouts which remain unpaid at the date of the Annuitant’s death (or surviving Annuitant’s death in case of joint life Annuity) will be paid to you or your Beneficiary as payouts become due after we are in receipt of:

•	proof, satisfactory to us, of the death;
•	written authorization for payment; and
•	all claim forms, fully completed.

Variable Annuity Payouts

Variable Annuity Payouts will be determined using:

•	the Contract Value on the Annuity Commencement Date, less any applicable premium taxes;
•	the annuity tables contained in the contract;
•	the annuity option selected; and
•	the investment performance of the fund(s) selected.

To determine the amount of payouts, we make this calculation:

Table of Contents

1.	Determine the dollar amount of the first periodic payout; then
2.	Credit the contract with a fixed number of Annuity Units equal to the first periodic payout divided by the Annuity Unit value; and
3.	Calculate the value of the Annuity Units each period thereafter.

Annuity Payouts assume an investment return of 3%, 4%, or 5% per year, as applied to the applicable mortality table. The AIR of 5% is no longer available for new elections of i4LIFE^® Advantage. You may choose your assumed interest rate at the time you elect a variable Annuity Payout on the administrative form provided by us. The higher the assumed interest rate you choose, the higher your initial annuity payment will be. The amount of each payout after the initial payout will depend upon how the underlying fund(s) perform, relative to the assumed rate. If the actual net investment rate (annualized) exceeds the assumed rate, the payment will increase at a rate proportional to the amount of such excess. Conversely, if the actual rate is less than the assumed rate, annuity payments will decrease. The higher the assumed interest rate, the less likely future annuity payments are to increase, or the payments will increase more slowly than if a lower assumed rate was used. There is a more complete explanation of this calculation in the SAI.

Fixed Side of the Contract

Currently the fixed account is available for dollar cost averaging purposes only.

You may allocate Purchase Payments to the fixed side of the contract, if available. Allocations made to the fixed side of the contract are added to your Contract Value. Certain charges related to the contract and the charges for the Living Benefit Riders are deducted from your Contract Value. Therefore, a portion of those charges may be deducted from the fixed account. See the Charges and Other Deductions section of this prospectus for more information. Since amounts in the fixed account make up part of your Contract Value, those amounts may be used to calculate benefits under the Living Benefit Riders. See the Living Benefit Riders section in this prospectus for more information.

Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the fixed side of the contract become part of our general account, and do not participate in the investment experience of the VAA. The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services as well as the insurance laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the contracts are distributed.

In reliance on certain exemptions, exclusions and rules, we have not registered interests in the general account as a security under the Securities Act of 1933 and have not registered the general account as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Accordingly, neither the general account nor any interests in it are regulated under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. These disclosures, however, may be subject to certain provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses. This prospectus is generally intended to serve as a disclosure document only for aspects of the contract involving the VAA, and therefore contains only selected information regarding the fixed side of the contract. Complete details regarding the fixed side of the contract are in the contract.

We guarantee an annual effective interest rate of not less than 1.50% per year on amounts held in a fixed account.

ANY INTEREST IN EXCESS OF 1.50% (OR THE GUARANTEED MINIMUM INTEREST RATE STATED IN YOUR CONTRACT) WILL BE DECLARED IN ADVANCE AT OUR SOLE DISCRETION. CONTRACTOWNERS BEAR THE RISK THAT NO INTEREST IN EXCESS OF THE MINIMUM INTEREST RATE WILL BE DECLARED.

Your contract may not offer a fixed account or if permitted by your contract, we may discontinue accepting Purchase Payments or transfers into the fixed side of the contract at any time. At this time, the fixed account is available for dollar cost averaging only. Please contact your registered representative for further information.

Small Contract Surrenders

We may surrender your contract, in accordance with New York law if:

•	your Contract Value drops below certain state specified minimum amounts ($2,000 or less) for any reason, including if your Contract Value decreases due to the performance of the Subaccounts you selected;
•	no Purchase Payments have been received for three (3) full, consecutive Contract Years; and
•	the annuity benefit at the Annuity Commencement Date would be less than $20.00 per month.

At least 60 days before we surrender your contract, we will send you a letter at your last address we have on file, to inform you that your contract will be surrendered. You will have the opportunity to make additional Purchase Payments to bring your Contract Value above the minimum level to avoid surrender. If we surrender your contract, we will not assess any surrender charge. We will not surrender your contract if you are receiving guaranteed payments from us under one of the Living Benefit Riders.

Delay of Payments

Contract proceeds from the VAA will be paid within seven days, except:

•	when the NYSE is closed (other than weekends and holidays);

Table of Contents

•	times when market trading is restricted or the SEC declares an emergency, and we cannot value units or the funds cannot redeem shares; or
•	when the SEC so orders to protect Contractowners.

If, pursuant to SEC rules, an underlying money market fund suspends payment of redemption proceeds in connection with a liquidation of the fund, we will delay payment of any transfer, partial withdrawal, surrender, loan, or Death Benefit from the money market subaccount until the fund is liquidated. Payment of contract proceeds from the fixed account may be delayed for up to six months.

Due to federal laws designed to counter terrorism and prevent money laundering by criminals, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment and/or deny payment of a request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or Death Benefits, until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator. We also may be required to provide additional information about a Contractowner's account to government regulators.

Reinvestment Privilege

You may elect to make a reinvestment purchase with any part of the proceeds of a surrender/withdrawal, and we will recredit that portion of the surrender/withdrawal charges attributable to the amount returned.

This election must be made by your written authorization to us on an approved Lincoln reinvestment form and received in our Servicing Office within 30 days of the date of the surrender/withdrawal, and the repurchase must be of a contract covered by this prospectus. Lincoln reserves the right to not reinstate certain riders that were in effect prior to the surrender/withdrawal. In the case of a qualified retirement plan, a representation must be made that the proceeds being used to make the purchase have retained their tax-favored status under an arrangement for which the contracts offered by this prospectus are designed. The number of Accumulation Units which will be credited when the proceeds are reinvested will be based on the value of the Accumulation Unit(s) on the next Valuation Date. This computation will occur following receipt of the proceeds and request for reinvestment at the Servicing Office. You may utilize the reinvestment privilege only once. For tax reporting purposes, we will treat a surrender/withdrawal and a subsequent reinvestment purchase as separate transactions (and a Form 1099 may be issued, if applicable). Any taxable distribution that is reinvested may still be reported as taxable. You should consult a tax advisor before you request a surrender/withdrawal or subsequent reinvestment purchase.

We may not accept reinvestment into the fixed side of the contract.

Amendment of Contract

We reserve the right to amend the contract to meet the requirements of the 1940 Act or other applicable federal or state laws or regulations. You will be notified in writing of any changes, modifications or waivers. Any changes are subject to prior approval of your state’s insurance department (if required).

Distribution of the Contracts

Lincoln Financial Distributors, Inc. (“LFD”) serves as Principal Underwriter of this contract. LFD is affiliated with Lincoln New York and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and is a member of FINRA (Financial Industry Regulatory Authority). The Principal Underwriter has entered into selling agreements with Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation and/or Lincoln Financial Securities Corporation (collectively “LFN”), also affiliates of ours. The Principal Underwriter has also entered into selling agreements with broker-dealers that are unaffiliated with us (“Selling Firms”). While the Principal Underwriter has the legal authority to make payments to broker-dealers which have entered into selling agreements, we will make such payments on behalf of the Principal Underwriter in compliance with appropriate regulations. We also pay on behalf of LFD certain of its operating expenses related to the distribution of this and other of our contracts. The Principal Underwriter may also offer “non-cash compensation”, as defined under FINRA’s rules, which includes among other things, merchandise, gifts, marketing support, sponsorships, seminars, entertainment and travel expenses. You may ask your registered representative how he/she will personally be compensated, in whole or in part, for the sale of the contract to you or for any alternative proposal that may have been presented to you. You may wish to take such compensation payments into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation made to you in connection with the purchase of a contract. The following paragraphs describe how payments are made by us and the Principal Underwriter to various parties.

Compensation Paid to LFN. The maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to LFN is 7.50% of Purchase Payments. LFN may elect to receive a lower commission when a Purchase Payment is made along with an earlier quarterly payment based on Contract Value for so long as the contract remains in effect. Upon annuitization, the maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to LFN is 7.50% of annuitized value and/or ongoing annual compensation of up to 1.25% of annuity value or statutory reserves.

We also pay for the operating and other expenses of LFN, including the following sales expenses: registered representative training allowances; compensation and bonuses for LFN's management team; advertising expenses; and all other expenses of distributing the contracts. LFN pays its registered representatives a portion of the commissions received for their sales of contracts. LFN registered

Table of Contents

representatives and their managers are also eligible for various cash benefits, such as bonuses, insurance benefits and financing arrangements. In addition, LFN registered representatives who meet certain productivity, persistency and length of service standards and/or their managers may be eligible for additional compensation. Sales of the contracts may help LFN registered representatives and/or their managers qualify for such benefits. LFN registered representatives and their managers may receive other payments from us for services that do not directly involve the sale of the contracts, including payments made for the recruitment and training of personnel, production of promotional literature and similar services.

Compensation Paid to Unaffiliated Selling Firms. The Principal Underwriter pays commissions to all Selling Firms. The maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to Selling Firms, other than LFN, is 7.50% of Purchase Payments. Some Selling Firms may elect to receive a lower commission when a Purchase Payment is made along with an earlier quarterly payment based on Contract Value for so long as the contract’s Selling Firm remains in effect. Upon annuitization, the maximum commission the Principal Underwriter pays to Selling Firms is 7.50% of annuitized value and/or ongoing annual compensation of up to 1.25% of annuity value or statutory reserves. LFD also acts as wholesaler of the contracts and performs certain marketing and other functions in support of the distribution and servicing of the contracts.

LFD may pay certain Selling Firms or their affiliates additional amounts for, among other things: (1) “preferred product” treatment of the contracts in their marketing programs, which may include marketing services and increased access to registered representatives; (2) sales promotions relating to the contracts; (3) costs associated with sales conferences and educational seminars for their registered representatives; (4) other sales expenses incurred by them; and (5) inclusion in the financial products the Selling Firm offers.

Lincoln New York may provide loans to broker-dealers or their affiliates to help finance marketing and distribution of the contracts, and those loans may be forgiven if aggregate sales goals are met. In addition, we may provide staffing or other administrative support and services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts. LFD, as wholesaler, may make bonus payments to certain Selling Firms based on aggregate sales of our variable insurance contracts (including the contracts) or persistency standards.

These additional types of compensation are not offered to all Selling Firms. The terms of any particular agreement governing compensation may vary among Selling Firms and the amounts may be significant. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation may provide Selling Firms and/or their registered representatives with an incentive to favor sales of the contracts over other variable annuity contracts (or other investments) with respect to which a Selling Firm receives lower levels of or no additional compensation. You may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the contracts. Additional information relating to compensation paid in 2020 is contained in the SAI.

Compensation Paid to Other Parties. Depending on the particular selling arrangements, there may be others whom LFD compensates for the distribution activities. For example, LFD may compensate certain “wholesalers”, who control access to certain selling offices, for access to those offices or for referrals, and that compensation may be separate from the compensation paid for sales of the contracts. LFD may compensate marketing organizations, associations, brokers or consultants which provide marketing assistance and other services to broker-dealers who distribute the contracts, and which may be affiliated with those broker-dealers. Commissions and other incentives or payments described above are not charged directly to Contractowners or the VAA. All compensation is paid from our resources, which include fees and charges imposed on your contract.

Contractowner Questions

The obligations to purchasers under the contracts are those of Lincoln New York. This prospectus provides a general description of the material features of the contract. Questions about your contract should be directed to us at 1-888-868-2583.

Federal Tax Matters

Introduction

The Federal income tax treatment of the contract is complex and sometimes uncertain. The Federal income tax rules may vary with your particular circumstances. This discussion does not include all the Federal income tax rules that may affect you and your contract. This discussion also does not address other Federal tax consequences (including consequences of sales to foreign individuals or entities), or state or local tax consequences, associated with the contract. As a result, you should always consult a tax advisor about the application of tax rules found in the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), Treasury Regulations and applicable IRS guidance to your individual situation.

Nonqualified Annuities

This part of the discussion describes some of the Federal income tax rules applicable to nonqualified annuities. A nonqualified annuity is a contract not issued in connection with a qualified retirement plan, such as an IRA or a section 403(b) plan, receiving special tax treatment under the Code. We may not offer nonqualified annuities for all of our annuity products.

Table of Contents

Tax Deferral On Earnings

Under the Code, you are generally not subject to tax on any increase in your Contract Value until you receive a contract distribution. However, for this general rule to apply, certain requirements must be satisfied:

•	An individual must own the contract (or the Code must treat the contract as owned by an individual).
•	The investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified” in accordance with Treasury regulations.
•	Your right to choose particular investments for a contract must be limited.
•	The Annuity Commencement Date must not occur near the end of the Annuitant’s life expectancy.

Contracts Not Owned By An Individual

If a contract is owned by an entity (rather than an individual) the Code generally does not treat it as an annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes. This means that the entity owning the contract pays tax currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the investment in the contract. Examples of contracts where the owner pays current tax on the contract’s earnings, and Persistency Credits, if applicable, are contracts issued to a corporation or a trust. Some exceptions to the rule are:

•	Contracts in which the named owner is a trust or other entity that holds the contract as an agent for an individual; however, this exception does not apply in the case of any employer that owns a contract to provide deferred compensation for its employees;
•	Immediate annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the Annuity Payout period;
•	Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent;
•	Certain qualified contracts;
•	Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; and
•	Certain contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements.

Investments In The VAA Must Be Diversified

For a contract to be treated as an annuity for Federal income tax purposes, the investments of the VAA must be “adequately diversified.” Treasury regulations define standards for determining whether the investments of the VAA are adequately diversified. If the VAA fails to comply with these diversification standards, you could be required to pay tax currently on the excess of the Contract Value over the investment in the contract. Although we do not control the investments of the underlying investment options, we expect that the underlying investment options will comply with the Treasury regulations so that the VAA will be considered “adequately diversified.”

Restrictions

The Code limits your right to choose particular investments for the contract. Because the IRS has issued little guidance specifying those limits, the limits are uncertain and your right to allocate Contract Values among the Subaccounts may exceed those limits. If so, you would be treated as the owner of the assets of the VAA and thus subject to current taxation on the income , Persistency Credits, and gains, if applicable, from those assets. We do not know what limits may be set by the IRS in any guidance that it may issue and whether any such limits will apply to existing contracts. We reserve the right to modify the contract without your consent in an attempt to prevent you from being considered as the owner of the assets of the VAA for purposes of the Code.

Loss Of Interest Deduction

After June 8, 1997, if a contract is issued to a taxpayer that is not an individual, or if a contract is held for the benefit of an entity, the entity may lose a portion of its deduction for otherwise deductible interest expenses. However, this rule does not apply to a contract owned by an entity engaged in a trade or business that covers the life of one individual who is either (i) a 20% Owner of the entity, or (ii) an officer, director, or employee of the trade or business, at the time first covered by the contract. This rule also does not apply to a contract owned by an entity engaged in a trade or business that covers the joint lives of the 20% Owner or the entity and the Owner’s spouse at the time first covered by the contract.

Age At Which Annuity Payouts Begin

The Code does not expressly identify a particular age by which Annuity Payouts must begin. However, those rules do require that an annuity contract provide for amortization, through Annuity Payouts, of the contract’s Purchase Payments, Persistency Credits, and earnings. As long as annuity payments begin or are scheduled to begin on a date on which the Annuitant’s remaining life expectancy is enough to allow for a sufficient Annuity Payout period, the contract should be treated as an annuity. If the annuity contract is not treated as an annuity, you would be currently taxed on the excess of the Contract Value over the investment in the contract.

Tax Treatment Of Payments

We make no guarantees regarding the tax treatment of any contract or of any transaction involving a contract. However, the rest of this discussion assumes that your contract will be treated as an annuity under the Code and that any increase in your Contract Value will not be taxed until there is a distribution from your contract.

Table of Contents

Taxation Of Withdrawals And Surrenders

You will pay tax on withdrawals to the extent your Contract Value exceeds your investment in the contract. This income (and all other income from your contract) is considered ordinary income (and does not receive capital gains treatment and is not qualified dividend income). You will pay tax on a surrender to the extent the amount you receive exceeds your investment in the contract. In certain circumstances, your Purchase Payments and investment in the contract are reduced by amounts received from your contract that were not included in income. Surrender and reinstatement of your contract will generally be taxed as a withdrawal. If your contract has a Living Benefit Rider, and if the guaranteed amount under that rider immediately before a withdrawal exceeds your Contract Value, the Code may require that you include those additional amounts in your income. Please consult your tax advisor.

Taxation Of Annuity Payouts, including Regular Income Payments

The Code imposes tax on a portion of each Annuity Payout (at ordinary income tax rates) and treats a portion as a nontaxable return of your investment in the contract. We will notify you annually of the taxable amount of your Annuity Payout. Once you have recovered the total amount of the investment in the contract, you will pay tax on the full amount of your Annuity Payouts. If Annuity Payouts end because of the Annuitant’s death and before the total amount in the contract has been distributed, the amount not received will generally be deductible. If withdrawals, other than Regular Income Payments, are taken from i4LIFE^® Advantage during the Access Period, they are taxed subject to an exclusion ratio that is determined based on the amount of the payment.

Taxation Of Death Benefits

We may distribute amounts from your contract because of the death of a Contractowner or an Annuitant. The tax treatment of these amounts depends on whether the Contractowner or the Annuitant dies before or after the Annuity Commencement Date.

Death prior to the Annuity Commencement Date:

•	If the Beneficiary receives Death Benefits under an Annuity Payout option, they are taxed in the same manner as Annuity Payouts.
•	If the Beneficiary does not receive Death Benefits under an Annuity Payout option, they are taxed in the same manner as a withdrawal.

Death after the Annuity Commencement Date:

•	If Death Benefits are received in accordance with the existing Annuity Payout option following the death of a Contractowner who is not the Annuitant, they are excludible from income in the same manner as the Annuity Payout prior to the death of the Contractowner.
•	If Death Benefits are received in accordance with the existing Annuity Payout option following the death of the Annuitant (whether or not the Annuitant is also the Contractowner), the Death Benefits are excludible from income if they do not exceed the investment in the contract not yet distributed from the contract. All Annuity Payouts in excess of the investment in the contract not previously received are includible in income.
•	If Death Benefits are received in a lump sum, the Code imposes tax on the amount of Death Benefits which exceeds the amount of Purchase Payments not previously received.

Additional Taxes Payable On Withdrawals, Surrenders, Or Annuity Payouts

The Code may impose a 10% additional tax on any distribution from your contract which you must include in your gross income. The 10% additional tax does not apply if one of several exceptions exists. These exceptions include withdrawals, surrenders, or Annuity Payouts that:

•	you receive on or after you reach 59½,
•	you receive because you became disabled (as defined in the Code),
•	you receive from an immediate annuity,
•	a Beneficiary receives on or after your death, or
•	you receive as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on your life or life expectancy (non-natural owners holding as agent for an individual do not qualify).

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This tax, which affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual's “unearned income,” or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual's modified adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Unearned income includes the taxable portion of distributions that you take from your annuity contract. If you take a distribution from your contract that may be subject to the tax, we will include a Distribution Code “D” in Box 7 of the Form 1099-R issued to report the distribution. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.

Table of Contents

Special Rules If You Own More Than One Annuity Contract

In certain circumstances, you must combine some or all of the nonqualified annuity contracts you own in order to determine the amount of an Annuity Payout, a surrender, or a withdrawal that you must include in income. For example, if you purchase two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same life insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, the Code treats all such contracts as one contract. Treating two or more contracts as one contract could affect the amount of a surrender, a withdrawal or an Annuity Payout that you must include in income and the amount that might be subject to the additional tax described previously.

Loans and Assignments

Except for certain qualified contracts, the Code treats any amount received as a loan under your contract, and any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of any portion of your Contract Value, as a withdrawal of such amount or portion.

Gifting A Contract

If you transfer ownership of your contract to a person other than to your spouse (or to your former spouse incident to divorce), and receive a payment less than your contract’s value, you will pay tax on your Contract Value to the extent it exceeds your investment in the contract not previously received. The new owner’s investment in the contract would then be increased to reflect the amount included in income.

Charges for Additional Benefits

Your contract automatically includes a basic Death Benefit and may include other optional riders. Certain enhancements to the basic Death Benefit may also be available to you. The cost of the basic Death Benefit and any additional benefit are deducted from your contract. It is possible that the tax law may treat all or a portion of the Death Benefit and other optional protected lifetime income fees, if any, as a contract withdrawal.

Special Considerations for Same-Sex Spouses

In 2013, the U.S. Supreme Court held that same-sex spouses who are married under state law are treated as spouses for purposes of federal law. You are strongly encouraged to consult a tax advisor before electing spousal rights under the contract.

Qualified Retirement Plans

We have designed the contracts for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans that receive favorable treatment under the Code. Contracts issued to or in connection with a qualified retirement plan are called “qualified contracts.” We issue contracts for use with various types of qualified retirement plans. The Federal income tax rules applicable to those plans are complex and varied. As a result, this prospectus does not attempt to provide more than general information about the use of the contract with the various types of qualified retirement plans. Persons planning to use the contract in connection with a qualified retirement plan should obtain advice from a competent tax advisor.

Types of Qualified Contracts and Terms of Contracts

Qualified retirement plans may include the following:

•	Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities (“Traditional IRAs”)
•	Roth IRAs
•	Traditional IRA that is part of a Simplified Employee Pension Plan (“SEP”)
•	SIMPLE 401(k) plans (Savings Incentive Matched Plan for Employees)
•	401(a) / (k) plans (qualified corporate employee pension and profit-sharing plans)
•	403(a) plans (qualified annuity plans)
•	403(b) plans (public school system and tax-exempt organization annuity plans)
•	H.R. 10 or Keogh Plans (self-employed individual plans)
•	457(b) plans (deferred compensation plans for state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations)

Our individual variable annuity products are not available for use with any of the foregoing qualified retirement plan accounts, with the exception of Traditional IRA, SEP IRA, and Roth IRA arrangements. We will amend contracts to be used with a qualified retirement plan as generally necessary to conform to the Code’s requirements for the type of plan. However, the rights of a person to any qualified retirement plan benefits may be subject to the plan’s terms and conditions, regardless of the contract’s terms and conditions. In addition, we are not bound by the terms and conditions of qualified retirement plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the contract, unless we consent.

Table of Contents

The Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement (SECURE) Act of 2019

The Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement (SECURE) Act (the “SECURE Act”) was enacted on December 20, 2019. The SECURE Act made a number of significant changes to the rules that apply to qualified retirement plans and IRA’s, including the following:

•	Increased the required beginning date measuring age from 70½ to 72 for any participant or IRA owner who did not attain age 70½ prior to January 1, 2020. As a result, required minimum distributions are generally required to begin by April 1 of the year following the year in which a participant or IRA owner reached age 72.
•	Eliminated the age 70½ limit for making contributions to an IRA. Beginning in 2020, an IRA owner can make contributions to his or her IRA at any age.
•	Changed the required minimum distribution rules that apply after the death of a participant or IRA owner.
•	Created the “Qualified Birth or Adoption” exception to the 10% additional tax on early distributions.

Tax Treatment of Qualified Contracts

The Federal income tax rules applicable to qualified retirement plans and qualified contracts vary with the type of plan and contract. For example:

•	Federal tax rules limit the amount of Purchase Payments or contributions that can be made, and the tax deduction or exclusion that may be allowed for the contributions. These limits vary depending on the type of qualified retirement plan and the participant’s specific circumstances (e.g., the participant’s compensation).
•	Minimum annual distributions are required under some qualified retirement plans once you reach age 72 or retire, if later as described below.
•	Loans are allowed under certain types of qualified retirement plans, but Federal income tax rules prohibit loans under other types of qualified retirement plans. For example, Federal income tax rules permit loans under some section 403(b) plans, but prohibit loans under Traditional and Roth IRAs. If allowed, loans are subject to a variety of limitations, including restrictions as to the loan amount, the loan’s duration, the rate of interest, and the manner of repayment. Your contract or plan may not permit loans.

Please note that qualified retirement plans such as 403(b) plans, 401(k) plans and IRAs generally defer taxation of contributions and earnings until distribution. As such, an annuity does not provide any additional tax deferral benefit beyond the qualified retirement plan itself.

Tax Treatment of Payments

The Federal income tax rules generally include distributions from a qualified contract in the participant’s income as ordinary income. These taxable distributions will include contributions that were deductible or excludible from income. Thus, under many qualified contracts, the total amount received is included in income since a deduction or exclusion from income was taken for contributions to the contract. There are exceptions. For example, you do not include amounts received from a Roth IRA in income if certain conditions are satisfied.

Required Minimum Distributions

Under most qualified plans, you must begin receiving payments from the contract in certain minimum amounts by your “required beginning date”. Prior to the SECURE Act, the required beginning date was April 1 of the year following the year you attain age 70½ or retired. If you did not attain 70½ prior to January 1, 2020, then your required beginning date will be April 1 of the year following the year in which you attain age 72 or retire. If you own a traditional IRA, your required beginning date under prior law was April 1 of the year following the year in which you attained age 70½. If you did not attain age 70½ prior to January 1, 2020, then your required beginning date will be April 1 of the year following the year in which you attain age 72. If you own a Roth IRA, you are not required to receive minimum distributions from your Roth IRA during your life.

Failure to comply with the minimum distribution rules applicable to certain qualified plans, such as Traditional IRAs, will result in the imposition of an excise tax. This excise tax equals 50% of the amount by which a required minimum distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the qualified plan.

Treasury regulations applicable to required minimum distributions include a rule that may impact the distribution method you have chosen and the amount of your distributions. Under these regulations, the presence of an enhanced Death Benefit, or other benefit which could provide additional value to your contract, may require you to take additional distributions. An enhanced Death Benefit is any Death Benefit that has the potential to pay more than the Contract Value or a return of investment in the contract. Annuity contracts inside Custodial or Trusteed IRAs will also be subject to these regulations. Please contact your tax advisor regarding any tax ramifications.

Additional Tax on Early Distributions from Qualified Retirement Plans

The Code may impose a 10% additional tax on an early distribution from a qualified contract that must be included in income. The Code does not impose the additional tax if one of several exceptions applies. The exceptions vary depending on the type of qualified

Table of Contents

contract you purchase. For example, in the case of an IRA, the 10% additional tax will not apply to any of the following withdrawals, surrenders, or Annuity Payouts:

•	Distribution received on or after the Annuitant reaches 59½,
•	Distribution received on or after the Annuitant’s death or because of the Annuitant’s disability (as defined in the Code),
•	Distribution received as a series of substantially equal periodic payments based on the Annuitant’s life (or life expectancy),
•	Distribution received as reimbursement for certain amounts paid for medical care, or
•	Distribution received for a “qualified birth or adoption” event.

These exceptions, as well as certain others not described here, generally apply to taxable distributions from other qualified retirement plans. However, the specific requirements of the exception may vary.

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

Congress enacted the “Unearned Income Medicare Contribution” as a part of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010. This tax affects individuals whose modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds, is a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (i) the individual’s “unearned income,” or (ii) the dollar amount by which the individual’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable threshold. Distributions that you take from your contract are not included in the calculation of unearned income because your contract is a qualified plan contract. However, the amount of any such distribution is included in determining whether you exceed the modified adjusted gross income threshold. Please consult your tax advisor to determine whether your annuity distributions are subject to this tax.

Transfers and Direct Rollovers

As a result of Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA), you may be able to move funds between different types of qualified plans, such as 403(b) and 457(b) governmental plans, by means of a rollover or transfer. You may be able to rollover or transfer amounts between qualified plans and traditional IRAs. These rules do not apply to Roth IRAs and 457(b) non-governmental tax-exempt plans. There are special rules that apply to rollovers, direct rollovers and transfers (including rollovers or transfers of after-tax amounts). If the applicable rules are not followed, you may incur adverse Federal income tax consequences, including paying taxes which you might not otherwise have had to pay. Before we send a rollover distribution, we will provide a notice explaining tax withholding requirements (see Federal Income Tax Withholding). We are not required to send you such notice for your IRA. You should always consult your tax advisor before you move or attempt to move any funds.

The IRS issued Announcement 2014-32 confirming its intent to apply the one-rollover-per-year limitation of 408(d)(3)(B) on an aggregate basis to all IRAs that an individual owns. This means that an individual cannot make a tax-free IRA-to-IRA rollover if he or she has made such a rollover involving any of the individual’s IRAs in the current tax year. If an intended rollover does not qualify for tax-free rollover treatment, contributions to your IRA may constitute excess contributions that may exceed contribution limits. This one-rollover-per-year limitation does not apply to direct trustee-to-trustee transfers.

Direct Conversions and Recharacterizations

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) permits direct conversions from certain qualified, retirement, 403(b) or 457(b) plans to Roth IRAs (effective for distributions after 2007). You are also permitted to recharacterize your traditional IRA contribution as a Roth IRA contribution, and to recharacterize your Roth IRA contribution as a traditional IRA contribution. The deadline for the recharacterization is the due date (including extensions) for your individual income tax return for the year in which the contribution was made. Upon recharacterization, you are treated as having made the contribution originally to the second IRA account. The recharacterization does not count toward the one-rollover-per-year limitation described above.

Effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Pub. L. No. 115-97), recharacterizations are no longer allowed in the case of a conversion from a non-Roth account or annuity to a Roth IRA. This limitation applies to conversions made from pre-tax accounts under an IRA, qualified retirement plan, 403(b) plan, or 457(b) plan. Roth IRA conversions made in 2017 may be recharacterized as a contribution to a traditional IRA if the recharacterization is completed by October 15, 2018.

There are special rules that apply to conversions and recharacterizations, and if they are not followed, you may incur adverse Federal income tax consequences. You should consult your tax advisor before completing a conversion or recharacterization.

Death Benefit and IRAs

Pursuant to Treasury regulations, IRAs may not invest in life insurance contracts. We do not believe that these regulations prohibit the Death Benefit from being provided under the contract when we issue the contract as a Traditional or Roth IRA. However, the law is unclear and it is possible that the presence of the Death Benefit under a contract issued as a Traditional or Roth IRA could result in increased taxes to you. Certain Death Benefit options may not be available for all of our products.

Table of Contents

Federal Income Tax Withholding

We will withhold and remit to the IRS a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a contract unless you notify us in writing prior to the distribution that tax is not to be withheld. In certain circumstances, Federal income tax rules may require us to withhold tax. At the time a withdrawal, surrender, or Annuity Payout is requested, we will give you an explanation of the withholding requirements.

Certain payments from your contract may be considered eligible rollover distributions (even if such payments are not being rolled over). Such distributions may be subject to special tax withholding requirements. The Federal income tax withholding rules require that we withhold 20% of the eligible rollover distribution from the payment amount, unless you elect to have the amount directly transferred to certain qualified plans or contracts. The IRS requires that tax be withheld, even if you have requested otherwise. Such tax withholding requirements are generally applicable to 401(a), 403(a) or (b), HR 10, and 457(b) governmental plans and contracts used in connection with these types of plans.

Our Tax Status

Under the Code, we are not required to pay tax on investment income and realized capital gains of the VAA. We do not expect that we will incur any Federal income tax liability on the income and gains earned by the VAA. However, the Company does expect, to the extent permitted under the Code, to claim the benefit of the foreign tax credit as the owner of the assets of the VAA. Therefore, we do not impose a charge for Federal income taxes. If there are any changes in the Code that require us to pay tax on some or all of the income and gains earned by the VAA, we may impose a charge against the VAA to pay the taxes.

Changes in the Law

The above discussion is based on the Code, related regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this prospectus. However, Congress, the IRS, and the courts may modify these authorities, sometimes retroactively.

Additional Information

Voting Rights

As required by law, we will vote the fund shares held in the VAA at meetings of the shareholders of the funds. The voting will be done according to the instructions of Contractowners who have interests in any Subaccounts which invest in classes of the funds. If the 1940 Act or any regulation under it should be amended or if present interpretations should change, and if as a result we determine that we are permitted to vote the fund shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.

The number of votes which you have the right to cast will be determined by applying your percentage interest in a Subaccount to the total number of votes attributable to the Subaccount. In determining the number of votes, fractional shares will be recognized.

Each underlying fund is subject to the laws of the state in which it is organized concerning, among other things, the matters which are subject to a shareholder vote, the number of shares which must be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders (a “quorum”), and the percentage of such shares present in person or by proxy which must vote in favor of matters presented. Because shares of the underlying fund held in the VAA are owned by us, and because under the 1940 Act we will vote all such shares in the same proportion as the voting instructions which we receive, it is important that each Contractowner provide their voting instructions to us. For funds un-affiliated with Lincoln, even though Contractowners may choose not to provide voting instruction, the shares of a fund to which such Contractowners would have been entitled to provide voting instruction will be voted by us in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. For funds affiliated with Lincoln, shares of a fund to which such Contractowners would have been entitled to provide voting instruction will, once we receive a sufficient number of instructions we deem appropriate to ensure a fair representation of Contractowners eligible to vote, be voted by us in the same proportion as the voting instruction which we actually receive. As a result, the instruction of a small number of Contractowners could determine the outcome of matters subject to shareholder vote. All shares voted by us will be counted when the underlying fund determines whether any requirement for a minimum number of shares be present at such a meeting to satisfy a quorum requirement has been met. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted on will be applied proportionately to reduce the number of votes eligible to be cast.

Whenever a shareholders meeting is called, we will provide or make available to each person having a voting interest in a Subaccount proxy voting material, reports and other materials relating to the funds. Since the funds engage in shared funding, other persons or entities besides Lincoln New York may vote fund shares. See Investments of the Variable Annuity Account.

Return Privilege

Within the free-look period after you receive the contract, you may cancel it for any reason by delivering or mailing it postage prepaid, to Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York at PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348. A contract canceled under this provision will be void. Except as explained in the following paragraph, we will return the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date on which we receive the cancellation request, plus any premium taxes which had been deducted. No applicable surrender charges will apply.

Table of Contents

There are no additional Investment Requirements during the free-look period other than as required under an elected optional benefit. A purchaser who participates in the VAA is subject to the risk of a market loss on the Contract Value during the free-look period.

IRA purchasers will receive the greater of Purchase Payments or Contract Value as of the Valuation Date on which we receive the cancellation request.

State Regulation

As a life insurance company organized and operated under New York law, we are subject to provisions governing life insurers and to regulation by the New York Superintendent of Insurance. Our books and accounts are subject to review and examination by the New York State Department of Financial Services at all times. A full examination of our operations is conducted by that Department at least every five years.

Records and Reports

As presently required by the 1940 Act and applicable regulations, we are responsible for maintaining all records and accounts relating to the VAA. We have entered into an agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, 801 Pennsylvania Ave, Kansas City, MO 64105, to provide accounting services to the VAA. We will mail to you, at your last known address of record at the Servicing Office, at least semi-annually after the first Contract Year, reports containing information required by that Act or any other applicable law or regulation. Administrative services necessary for the operations of the VAA and the contracts are currently provided by Lincoln Life. However, neither the assets of Lincoln Life nor the assets of LNC support the obligation of Lincoln New York under the contracts.

A written (or electronic, if elected) confirmation of each transaction will be provided to you on the next Valuation Date, except for the following transactions, which are mailed quarterly:

•	deduction of any account fee or protected lifetime income fees;
•	crediting of persistency credits, if applicable;
•	any rebalancing event under Investment Requirements or the portfolio rebalancing service;
•	any transfer or withdrawal under any applicable additional service: dollar cost averaging, AWS, or the cross-reinvestment service; and
•	Regular Income Payments from i4LIFE^® Advantage.

COVID-19

The health, economic and business conditions precipitated by the worldwide COVID-19 pandemic during 2020 adversely affected, and during 2021 are expected to continue to adversely affect, our earnings as well as our business, results of operations and financial condition. As a result of the pandemic and ensuing conditions, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience higher level of claims, which adversely affect our earnings. We may also experience an increase in activity such as surrenders of policies, missed premium payments or 401(k) hardship withdrawals due to changes in consumer behavior as a result of financial stress. Because the vast majority of our employees continue to work from home, along with many of our vendors and customers, and such conditions may continue well into 2021, our business operations may be adversely impacted, among other things, due to privacy incidents, cybersecurity incidents, technological issues or operational disruptions on the part of our vendors, and we may experience distribution disruptions as we continue to sell our products virtually.

Other Information

You may elect to receive your prospectus, prospectus supplements, quarterly statements, and annual and semiannual reports electronically over the Internet, if you have an e-mail account and access to an Internet browser. Once you select eDelivery, via the Internet Service Center, all documents available in electronic format will no longer be sent to you in hard copy. You will receive an e-mail notification when the documents become available online. It is your responsibility to provide us with your current e-mail address. You can resume paper mailings at any time without cost, by updating your profile at the Internet Service Center, or contacting us. To learn more about this service, please log on to www.LincolnFinancial.com, select service centers and continue on through the Internet Service Center.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of its business and otherwise, the Company or its separate accounts and Principal Underwriter may become or are involved in various pending or threatened regulatory or legal proceedings, including purported class actions, arising from the conduct of its business. In some instances, the proceedings include claims for unspecified or substantial punitive damages and similar types of relief in addition to amounts for alleged contractual liability or requests for equitable relief.

After consultation with legal counsel and a review of available facts, it is management’s opinion that the proceedings, after consideration of any reserves and rights to indemnification, ultimately will be resolved without materially affecting the consolidated financial

Table of Contents

position of the Company, or the financial position of its separate accounts or Principal Underwriter. However, given the large and indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these proceedings and the inherent difficulty in predicting the outcome of such proceedings, it is reasonably possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could be material to the Company's operating results for any particular reporting period. Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for possible additional information regarding legal proceedings.

Table of Contents

(This page intentionally left blank)

Table of Contents

Appendix A— Funds Available Under The Contract

The following is a list of funds currently available under the Contract. More information about the funds is available in the Fund’s prospectus, which may be amended from time to time and found online at www.lfg.com/VAprospectus. You can also request this information at no cost by calling 1-888-868-2583 or by sending an email request to CustServSupportTeam@lfg.com.

The current expenses and performance information below reflects fees and expenses of the Fund, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your contract may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these charges were included. Each fund’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

Investment Objective	Fund and Adviser/Sub-adviser ¹	Expense Ratio (Expenses/average assets)	Average Annual Total Returns (as of 12/31/)
			1 year	5 year	10 year
Long-term growth of capital.	AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio - Class B	1.24% ²	39.08%	17.03%	9.67%
Long-term growth of capital.	AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio - Class B	1.07% ²	3.05%	8.07%	8.48%
Long-term capital growth and current income by investing approximately 60% of its assets in equity securities and the remainder in bonds and other fixed-income securities.	American Century VP Balanced Fund - Class II	1.12% ²	12.27%	9.32%	8.60%
Long-term capital growth, income is secondary objective.	American Century VP Large Company Value Fund - Class II	0.89% ²	2.49%	8.86%	9.79%
High total investment return.	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund - Class III	0.99% ²	20.71%	9.17%	6.61%
Long-term growth of capital.	ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio - Class II	1.02% ²	30.41%	18.18%	16.73%
Long-term growth of capital.	ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio - Class II	1.10%	15.10%	10.33%	10.76%
Long-term capital appreciation.	Delaware VIP ^®Emerging Markets Series - Service Class	1.58% ²	24.69%	15.33%	4.82%
Capital Appreciation.	Delaware VIP ^®Small Cap Value Series - Service Class	1.07%	-2.18%	8.74%	8.38%
Capital Appreciation. A fund of funds.	DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio - Class B	1.15% ²	5.32%	4.17%	2.37%
Income and capital growth consistent with reasonable risk. A fund of funds.	Fidelity ^®VIP Balanced Portfolio - Service Class 2	0.74%	22.13%	12.47%	10.10%
Long-term capital appreciation.	Fidelity ^®VIP Contrafund ^®Portfolio - Service Class 2	0.86%	30.23%	15.89%	13.23%
High total return. A fund of funds.	Fidelity ^®VIP FundsManager ^®50% Portfolio - Service Class 2	0.77% ²	13.89%	8.56%	7.09%
To achieve capital appreciation.	Fidelity ^®VIP Growth Portfolio - Service Class 2	0.88%	43.55%	21.02%	16.96%
Long-term growth of capital.	Fidelity ^®VIP Mid Cap Portfolio - Service Class 2	0.87%	17.87%	10.79%	9.22%
To provide capital appreciation.	First Trust Capital Strength Portfolio – Class I	1.10% ²	N/A	N/A	N/A
To provide total return by allocating among dividend-paying stocks and investment grade bonds.	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio - Class I	1.20% ²	7.81%	9.44%	N/A

A-1

Table of Contents

Investment Objective	Fund and Adviser/Sub-adviser ¹	Expense Ratio (Expenses/average assets)	Average Annual Total Returns (as of 12/31/)
			1 year	5 year	10 year
Capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal, by allocating its assets among equity and fixed income investments through a variety of investment strategies.	Franklin Allocation VIP Fund - Class 4	0.92% ²	11.75%	8.80%	7.48%
To maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.	Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 2 This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after January 9, 2017.	0.71% ²	0.69%	6.94%	5.98%
To maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.	Franklin Income VIP Fund - Class 4 This fund is not available in contracts issued before January 9, 2017.	0.81% ²	0.58%	6.83%	5.88%
Capital appreciation; income is a secondary consideration.	Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 2 This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after January 9, 2017.	0.96%	-5.04%	5.88%	6.99%
Capital appreciation; income is a secondary consideration.	Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund - Class 4 This fund is not available in contracts issued before January 9, 2017.	1.06%	-5.17%	5.77%	6.88%
To seek to achieve a high level of total return on its assets through a combination of capital appreciation and current income.	Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund - Series II Shares	0.60%	12.42%	12.34%	11.96%
Long-term growth of capital.	Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund - Series II Shares	1.15%	13.74%	8.55%	6.46%
To maximize total return by investing primarily in a diversified portfolio of intermediate- and long-term debt securities.	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio - Class 2	0.83%	7.68%	4.04%	3.61%
Maximize long-term total return.	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio - Class 2 This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after January 9, 2017.	1.17% ²	15.40%	9.28%	N/A
Capital Appreciation.	LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	1.18% ²	4.82%	9.64%	N/A
Long-term growth of capital. A master-feeder fund.	LVIP American Global Growth Fund - Service Class II	1.21%	29.99%	15.82%	12.43%
Long-term growth of capital. A master-feeder fund.	LVIP American Global Small Capitalization Fund - Service Class II	1.41% ²	29.23%	13.98%	9.00%
Growth of capital. A master-feeder fund.	LVIP American Growth Fund - Service Class II	0.99%	51.55%	22.30%	16.42%
Long-term growth of capital and income. A master-feeder fund.	LVIP American Growth-Income Fund - Service Class II	0.91%	13.14%	13.53%	12.34%

A-2

Table of Contents

Investment Objective	Fund and Adviser/Sub-adviser ¹	Expense Ratio (Expenses/average assets)	Average Annual Total Returns (as of 12/31/)
			1 year	5 year	10 year
Long-term growth of capital. A master-feeder fund.	LVIP American International Fund - Service Class II	1.19%	13.57%	10.31%	6.28%
Capital Appreciation.	LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund - Service Class	1.19% ²	34.08%	18.73%	15.04%
Total return.	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.98% ²	12.85%	8.09%	6.75%
Reasonable income by investing primarily in income-producing equity securities.	LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.93% ²	0.87%	7.29%	6.42%
Capital Appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	1.19% ²	10.42%	6.52%	N/A
A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	0.77% ²	1.62%	N/A	N/A
Total return through a combination of current income and long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund - Service Class	1.01% ²	-2.45%	4.41%	4.95%
To maximize real return, consistent with preservation of real capital and prudent investment management.	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund - Service Class	0.74%	5.02%	3.16%	2.38%
A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	0.75% ²	2.98%	N/A	N/A
Long-term growth of capital in a manner consistent with the preservation of capital.	LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.95% ²	23.51%	11.80%	9.76%
Capital Appreciation.	LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.97% ²	27.40%	15.22%	8.14%
Capital Appreciation.	LVIP ClearBridge Franklin Select Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	1.03% ²	14.45%	11.56%	N/A
Maximum current income (yield) consistent with a prudent investment strategy.	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund - Service Class	0.72%	9.48%	4.62%	3.92%
Total return.	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund - Service Class	0.88% ²	1.12%	1.94%	1.30%
Maximum long-term total return consistent with reasonable risk.	LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund - Service Class (formerly Delaware VIP ^®Diversified Income Series)	0.84% ²	10.69%	5.22%	4.10%
Total return and, as a secondary objective, high current income.	LVIP Delaware High Yield Fund - Service Class (formerly Delaware VIP ^®High Yield Series)	1.04% ²	6.89%	7.44%	5.67%

A-3

Table of Contents

Investment Objective	Fund and Adviser/Sub-adviser ¹	Expense Ratio (Expenses/average assets)	Average Annual Total Returns (as of 12/31/)
			1 year	5 year	10 year
Maximum total return, consistent with reasonable risk.	LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund - Service Class (formerly Delaware VIP ^®Limited-Term Diversified Income Series)	0.83% ²	4.12%	2.51%	1.83%
To maximize long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Delaware Mid Cap Value Fund - Service Class	0.81%	0.16%	9.26%	9.18%
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Delaware SMID Cap Core Fund - Service Class (formerly Delaware VIP ^®Smid Cap Core Series)	1.10% ²	10.74%	9.90%	11.54%
To maximize long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund - Service Class	0.81%	19.27%	13.68%	12.89%
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Delaware U.S. Growth Fund - Service Class (formerly Delaware VIP ^®U.S. Growth Series)	1.03%	43.69%	16.37%	15.51%
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Delaware Value Fund - Service Class (formerly Delaware VIP ^®Value Series)	0.99% ²	0.13%	8.56%	11.00%
To provide a responsible level of income and the potential for capital appreciation.	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund - Service Class	0.96% ²	5.36%	6.33%	6.31%
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund - Service Class	0.89% ²	6.61%	6.95%	N/A
Long-term capital appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	1.06% ²	-6.66%	3.11%	N/A
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund - Service Class	0.76%	16.00%	13.80%	12.45%
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund - Service Class	0.74% ²	15.05%	12.87%	N/A
Long-term capital appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.87% ²	15.01%	10.70%	N/A
Capital Appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP Fidelity Institutional AM ^®Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	1.01% ²	19.84%	11.13%	N/A
Long-term capital growth.	LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.99% ²	12.38%	7.23%	5.93%
Long-term growth of capital.	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund - Service Class	1.07% ²	13.65%	7.69%	N/A
A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	1.00% ²	6.16%	N/A	N/A

A-4

Table of Contents

Investment Objective	Fund and Adviser/Sub-adviser ¹	Expense Ratio (Expenses/average assets)	Average Annual Total Returns (as of 12/31/)
			1 year	5 year	10 year
A high level of current income with some consideration given to growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	1.00% ²	6.81%	6.16%	5.59%
A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	0.98% ²	5.59%	6.56%	5.30%
Current income consistent with the preservation of capital.	LVIP Global Income Fund - Service Class	0.96% ²	6.52%	3.91%	2.37%
A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with an emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	0.98% ²	5.83%	6.33%	5.30%
Current income while (i)maintaining a stable value of your shares (providing stability of net asset value) and (ii) preserving the value of your initial investment (preservation of capital).	LVIP Government Money Market Fund - Service Class	0.70%	0.21%	0.62%	0.32%
Capital Appreciation.	LVIP Invesco Select Equity Income Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.92% ²	6.94%	7.54%	N/A
A high level of current income; capital appreciation is the secondary objective.	LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund - Service Class	0.93% ²	5.30%	6.71%	5.45%
Current income and some capital appreciation.	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund - Service Class	0.97% ²	9.21%	6.44%	5.66%
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	1.03% ²	1.70%	5.41%	5.93%
Capital Appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	1.23% ²	2.24%	8.36%	N/A
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP MFS International Growth Fund - Service Class	1.04% ²	14.25%	12.16%	7.50%
Capital Appreciation.	LVIP MFS Value Fund - Service Class	0.92%	3.40%	9.93%	10.66%
Long-term capital appreciation as measured by the change in the value of fund shares over a period of three years or longer.	LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund - Service Class	1.01%	-5.21%	4.39%	3.92%
Long-term growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	1.15% ²	15.07%	9.76%	N/A
To seek a high level of current income consistent with preservation of capital.	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund - Service Class	0.79% ²	3.83%	2.32%	N/A
To match as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the performance of the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Index.	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund - Service Class	0.60% ²	7.23%	3.86%	3.24%

A-5

Table of Contents

Investment Objective	Fund and Adviser/Sub-adviser ¹	Expense Ratio (Expenses/average assets)	Average Annual Total Returns (as of 12/31/)
			1 year	5 year	10 year
A high level of current income, with some consideration given to growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.75% ²	11.91%	7.19%	5.66%
A high level of current income, with some consideration given to growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.82%	9.40%	6.50%	5.27%
To maximize long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund - Service Class	0.64% ²	-4.34%	4.67%	3.71%
To maximize long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund - Service Class	0.74% ²	2.40%	6.46%	0.08%
A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital.	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund - Service Class	0.75% ²	16.91%	N/A	N/A
Long-term growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.85% ²	6.75%	6.38%	4.81%
To approximate as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the performance of a broad market index of non-U.S. foreign securities.	LVIP SSGA International Index Fund - Service Class	0.63% ²	7.58%	7.07%	4.93%
Capital Appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.87% ²	-1.22%	4.09%	N/A
To maximize long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund - Service Class	0.61% ²	2.72%	10.68%	11.03%
Capital Appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.72% ²	15.49%	11.60%	N/A
Seek to approximate as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the performance of a broad market index that emphasizes stocks of mid-sized U.S. companies.	LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund - Service Class	0.60%	12.90%	11.68%	N/A
A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.75%	13.55%	8.76%	6.84%
A balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with an emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.79%	9.59%	7.75%	6.30%
A balance between high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.76%	13.99%	9.46%	7.16%
A balance between high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund - Service Class	0.81%	9.01%	8.11%	6.45%

A-6

Table of Contents

Investment Objective	Fund and Adviser/Sub-adviser ¹	Expense Ratio (Expenses/average assets)	Average Annual Total Returns (as of 12/31/)
			1 year	5 year	10 year
To approximate as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the total rate of return of common stocks publicly traded in the United States, as represented by the S&P 500 Index.	LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund - Service Class	0.48%	17.74%	14.66%	13.32%
To provide investment results that, before fees and expenses, correspond generally to the price and yield performance of an index that tracks the short-term U.S. corporate bond market.	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund - Service Class	0.61% ²	3.40%	N/A	N/A
To approximate as closely as practicable, before fees and expenses, the performance of the Russell 2000 ^®Index*, which emphasizes stocks of small U.S. companies.	LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund - Service Class	0.65%	18.90%	12.45%	10.45%
To maximize long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund - Service Class	0.66% ²	5.72%	8.47%	7.99%
Capital Appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund - Service Class	0.88% ²	13.08%	8.95%	N/A
Long-term capital growth.	LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund - Service Class	0.92% ²	36.13%	18.81%	16.37%
To maximize capital appreciation.	LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund - Service Class	0.99% ²	31.37%	18.37%	14.70%
A balance between current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	1.08% ²	8.26%	N/A	N/A
High level of current income and growth of capital, with an emphasis on growth of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund - Service Class	1.05% ²	8.24%	7.51%	N/A
Total return consistent with the preservation of capital. A fund of funds.	LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund - Service Class (formerly LVIP Dimensional/Vanguard Total Bond Fund)	0.64% ²	5.42%	3.32%	N/A
Long-term capital appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund - Service Class	0.57% ²	19.53%	14.58%	N/A
Long-term capital appreciation. A fund of funds.	LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund - Service Class	0.63% ²	10.61%	8.72%	N/A
Capital growth.	LVIP Wellington Capital Growth Fund - Service Class	0.98% ²	42.67%	22.45%	17.18%
Long-term capital appreciation.	LVIP Wellington SMID Cap Value Fund - Service Class (formerly LVIP Wellington Mid-Cap Value Fund)	1.08% ²	1.52%	7.55%	8.63%
Maximize total return.	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund - Service Class	0.76%	8.73%	N/A	N/A

A-7

Table of Contents

Investment Objective	Fund and Adviser/Sub-adviser ¹	Expense Ratio (Expenses/average assets)	Average Annual Total Returns (as of 12/31/)
			1 year	5 year	10 year
Capital Appreciation.	MFS ^®VIT Growth Series - Service Class	1.00%	31.54%	19.98%	16.50%
Total return.	MFS ^®VIT Total Return Series - Service Class	0.86% ²	9.52%	8.58%	8.07%
Total return.	MFS ^®VIT Utilities Series - Service Class	1.04%	5.62%	11.10%	8.93%
Maximum real return, consistent with prudent investment management.	PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn ^®Strategy Portfolio - Advisor Class This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after January 9, 2017.	2.26% ²	1.23%	2.54%	-5.49%
Balanced investment composed of a well-diversified portfolio of stocks and bonds which produce both capital growth and current income.	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund - Class IB	0.94%	15.41%	11.52%	9.92%
Capital growth and current income.	Putnam VT Large Cap Value Fund - Class IB (formerly Putnam VT Equity Income Fund)	0.82%	5.80%	11.25%	11.60%
Balance of growth of capital and income.	QS Variable Conservative Growth - Class II	0.94%	10.77%	8.40%	7.30%
High current income consistent with preservation of capital; capital appreciation is a secondary objective.	Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund - Class 2 This fund is not available in contracts issued on or after January 9, 2017.	0.76% ²	-5.28%	0.66%	1.56%

¹	The name of the adviser or sub-adviser is not listed if the name is incorporated into the name of the fund or the fund company.
²	This fund is subject to an expense reimbursement or fee waiver arrangement. As a result, this funds annual expenses reflect temporary expense reductions. See the fund prospectus for additional information.
³	Investments in Delaware VIP Series, Delaware Funds, LVIP Delaware Funds or Lincoln Life accounts managed by Macquarie Investment Management Advisers, a series of Macquarie Investments Management Business Trust, are not and will not be deposits with or liabilities of Macquarie Bank Limited ABN 46008 583 542 and its holding companies, including their subsidiaries or related companies, and are subject to investment risk, including possible delays in prepayment and loss of income and capital invested. No Macquarie Group company guarantees or will guarantee the performance of the series or funds or accounts, the repayment of capital from the series or funds or account, or any particular rate of return.
⁴	The index to which this fund is managed is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC (“SPDJI”) and has been licensed for use by one or more of the portfolio’s service providers (licensee). Standard & Poor’s ^®and S&P ^®are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (S&P); Dow Jones ^®is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (Dow Jones); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by the licensees. S&P ^®, S&P GSCI ^®and the index are trademarks of S&P and have been licensed for use by SPDJI and its affiliates and sublicensed for certain purposes by the licensee. The Index is not owned, endorsed, or approved by or associated with any additional third party. The licensee’s products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, their respective affiliates, or their third party licensors, and none of these parties or their respective affiliates or third party licensors make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such products, nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions of the Index.

A-8

Table of Contents

Appendix B — Investment Requirements

If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit), you will be subject to Investment Requirements. This means you will be limited in your choice of Subaccount investments and in how much you can invest in certain Subaccounts. This also means you will not be able to allocate Contract Value to all of the Subaccounts that are available to Contractowners who have not elected a Living Benefit Rider. We impose Investment Requirements to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under a Living Benefit Rider.

If you elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) or i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk), you must allocate your Contract Value in accordance with the Investment Requirements for Managed Risk Riders section below. If you elect any other Living Benefit Rider, you must allocate your Contract Value in accordance with the Investment Requirements for the Living Benefit Riders sections below, according to which rider you purchased and the date of purchase. Currently, if you purchase i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit, you will not be subject to any Investment Requirements, although we reserve the right to impose Investment Requirements for this rider in the future. If we do exercise our right to do so, you will have to reallocate your Account Value subject to such requirements.

If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, Investment Requirements apply whether you purchase the rider at contract issue, or add it to an existing contract. You must hold the rider for a minimum period of time after election (the minimum time is specified under the Termination section of each rider). During this time, you will be required to adhere to the Investment Requirements. After this time, failure to adhere to the Investment Requirements will result in termination of the rider.

Certain Living Benefit Riders guarantee you the right to transition to a version of the i4LIFE^® Guaranteed Income Benefit even if that version is no longer available for purchase. If you transition to i4LIFE^® Guaranteed Income Benefit, the Investment Requirements under your Prior Living Benefit Rider continue to apply. See i4LIFE^® Advantage – i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

Certain of the underlying funds that are included in the Investment Requirements, including funds managed by an adviser affiliated with us, employ risk management strategies that are intended to control the funds’ overall volatility, and for some funds, to also reduce the downside exposure of the funds during significant market downturns.

These funds are included under Investment Requirements (particularly in the Investment Requirements for the Managed Risk riders) in part because the reduction in volatility helps us to reduce the risk of investment losses that may require us to use our own assets to make guaranteed payments under a Living Benefit Rider. At the same time, risk management strategies in periods of high market volatility or other market conditions, could limit your participation in market gains. This may conflict with your investment objectives by limiting your ability to maximize potential growth of your Contract Value and, in turn, the value of any guaranteed benefit that is tied to investment performance. You should consult with your registered representative to determine whether these funds align with your investment objectives. For more information about the funds and the investment strategies they employ, please refer to the funds’ current prospectuses. Fund prospectuses are available by contacting us.

If you purchase a Living Benefit Rider (except i4LIFE^® Advantage without Guaranteed Income Benefit), you agree to be automatically enrolled in the portfolio rebalancing option under your contract and thereby authorize us to automatically rebalance your Contract Value on a periodic basis. (This portfolio rebalancing will continue while a death claim is being settled, if the Living Benefit Rider could continue on an additional measuring life.) On each quarterly anniversary of the effective date of the rider, we will rebalance your Contract Value in accordance with your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. Any reallocation of Contract Value among the Subaccounts made by you prior to a rebalancing date will become your allocation instructions for rebalancing purposes. Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement.

Some investment options are not available to you if you purchase certain riders. The Investment Requirements may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your registered representative to determine if the Investment Requirements are consistent with your investment objectives.

Investment Requirements for Managed Risk Riders. If you elect Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk), are transitioning from one of these riders to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk), or elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) prior to May 21, 2018 or on or after May 18, 2020, you must currently allocate your Contract Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts only. Not all funds may be available, refer to the “Description of the Funds” section of this prospectus for more information.

Group 1 Investments must be at least 20% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 80% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund		LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed		No subaccounts at this time.

B-1

Table of Contents

Group 1 Investments must be at least 20% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 80% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund LVIP Global Income Fund ( not available for riders elected on or after May 21, 2018 ) LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund		Volatility Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP ClearBridge Franklin Select Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Fidelity Institutional AM ^®Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Invesco Select Equity Income Managed Volatility Fund LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

As an alternative, to satisfy these Investment Requirements, you may allocate 100% of your Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among the Subaccounts listed below. If you allocate less than 100% of Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among these Subaccounts, then the Subaccounts listed below that are also listed in Group 1 will be subject to the Group 1 restrictions. Any remaining Subaccounts listed below that are not listed in Group 1 will fall into Group 2 and be subject to Group 2 restrictions.

•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund

•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund

•	LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund

•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Income Fund (not available for riders elected on or after May 21, 2018)
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund

B-2

Table of Contents

•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund

•	LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund

•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund

Additionally, Contract Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Contract Value can be allocated to one of the following models: 80/20 Global Allocation Managed Volatility Model, 80/20 U.S. Allocation Managed Volatility Model or 70/30 Global Allocation Managed Volatility Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider. We may exclude an asset allocation model from being available for investment at any time, in our sole discretion. You will be notified prior to the date of such a change.

Investment Requirements for other Living Benefit Riders purchased on or after August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners). If you elect Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage, Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage, or 4LATER^® Select Advantage on or after August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners), i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit on or after August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners) but prior to May 21, 2018, or you are transitioning to i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit from one of these riders, you must currently allocate your Contract Value or i4LIFE^® Advantage Account Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts.

Group 1 Investments must be at least 20% of Contract Value or Account Value.		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 80% of Contract Value or Account Value.
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund		AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio American Century VP Balanced Fund American Century VP Large Company Value Fund BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio Delaware VIP ^®Small Cap Value Series Fidelity ^®VIP Balanced Portfolio Fidelity ^®VIP Contrafund ^®Portfolio Fidelity ^®VIP FundsManager ^®50% Portfolio Fidelity ^®VIP Mid Cap Portfolio First Trust Capital Strength Portfolio First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio Franklin Allocation VIP Fund Franklin Income VIP Fund Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio LVIP American Global Growth Fund LVIP American Growth Fund LVIP American Growth-Income Fund LVIP American International Fund LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Delaware U.S. Growth Fund LVIP Delaware Value Fund LVIP Delaware Mid Cap Value Fund LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Government Money Market Fund LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund LVIP MFS International Growth Fund LVIP MFS Value Fund

B-3

Table of Contents

Group 1 Investments must be at least 20% of Contract Value or Account Value.		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 80% of Contract Value or Account Value.
		LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund LVIP SSGA International Index Fund LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund LVIP Wellington SMID Cap Value Fund MFS ^®VIT Growth Series MFS ^®VIT Total Return Series Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund Putnam VT Large Cap Value Fund QS Variable Conservative Growth

•	American Century VP Balanced Fund
•	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

•	Fidelity ^®VIP Balanced Portfolio
•	Fidelity ^®VIP FundsManager ^®50% Portfolio
•	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio
•	Franklin Allocation VIP Fund
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund

•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund

•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund
•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund

•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund

•	LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund

•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Total Return Series
•	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund
•	QS Variable Conservative Growth

The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

B-4

Table of Contents

Additionally, Contract Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Contract Value can be allocated to one of the following models: Active-Passive Global Growth Allocation Model, Dimensional/Vanguard Moderate Allocation Model, Dimensional/Vanguard Global Growth Allocation Model, Multi-Manager Domestic Growth Allocation Model or Multi-Manager Moderate Allocation Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract that meets the Investment Requirements or reallocate Contract Value according to the Investment Requirements listed above. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider. We may exclude an asset allocation model from being available for investment at any time, in our sole discretion. You will be notified prior to the date of such a change.

Investment Requirements for Previous Rider Elections

Investment Requirements for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) purchased on or after May 21, 2018 and prior May 18, 2020. If you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) on or after May 21, 2018 and prior to May 18, 2020, you must allocate 100% of your Account Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts only. Not all funds may be available, refer to the “Description of the Funds” section of this prospectus for more information.

•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP American Century Select Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Dividend Value Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Blended Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Blended Mid Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP ClearBridge Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund

•	LVIP ClearBridge Franklin Select Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund

•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund

•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund

•	LVIP Dimensional International Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Dimensional U.S. Equity Managed Volatility Fund

•	LVIP Fidelity Institutional AM ^®Select Core Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund

•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Invesco Select Equity Income Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Select Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP MFS International Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP Multi-Manager Global Equity Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA International Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Large Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA SMID Cap Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

•	LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund

•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund

The fixed account, if available, is only available for dollar cost averaging

As an alternative, to satisfy these Investment Requirements, Account Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Account Value can be allocated to one of the following models: 80/20 Global Allocation Managed Volatility Model, 80/20 U.S. Allocation Managed Volatility Model or 70/30 Global Allocation Managed Volatility Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements above.

Investment Requirements for i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit purchased on or after May 21, 2018. If you elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit on or after May 21, 2018, you may allocate 100% of your Account Value among all Subaccounts except those listed below.

•	AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio
•	ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio
•	Delaware VIP^® Emerging Markets Series

•	DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio
•	Fidelity ^®VIP Growth Portfolio
•	First Trust Capital Strength Portfolio

B-5

Table of Contents

•	LVIP American Global Small Capitalization Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund

•	LVIP Delaware REIT Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Smid Cap Core Fund

•	LVIP Global Income Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund

•	LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund
•	LVIP T. Rowe Price Growth Stock Fund
•	LVIP Wellington Capital Growth Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Utilities Series
•	PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio
•	Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund

The fixed account, if available, is only available for dollar cost averaging

As an alternative, to satisfy these Investment Requirements, Account Value may be allocated in accordance with certain asset allocation models made available to you by your broker-dealer. If so, currently 100% of the Account Value can be allocated to one of the following models: Active-Passive Global Growth Allocation Model, Dimensional/Vanguard Moderate Allocation Model, Dimensional/Vanguard Global Growth Allocation Model, Multi-Manager Domestic Growth Allocation Model or Multi-Manager Moderate Allocation Model. You may only choose one asset allocation model at a time, though you may change to a different asset allocation model available in your contract that meets the Investment Requirements or reallocate Contract Value according to the Investment Requirements listed above. If you terminate an asset allocation model, you must follow the Investment Requirements applicable to your rider.

Investment Requirements for other Living Benefit Riders purchased on or after January 11, 2016 and prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners). For Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage riders, and for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) elections on or after January 11, 2016 and prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners), you must currently allocate your Contract Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts.

Group 1 Investments must be at least 30% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 70% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund LVIP Global Income Fund LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund		AB VPS Small/Mid Cap Value Portfolio American Century VP Balanced Fund American Century VP Large Company Value Fund BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund ClearBridge Variable Large Cap Growth Portfolio Delaware VIP ^®Small Cap Value Series Fidelity ^®VIP Balanced Portfolio Fidelity ^®VIP Contrafund ^®Portfolio Fidelity ^®VIP FundsManager ^®50% Portfolio Fidelity ^®VIP Mid Cap Portfolio First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio Franklin Allocation VIP Fund Franklin Income VIP Fund Franklin Mutual Shares VIP Fund Invesco V.I. Equally-Weighted S&P 500 Fund Invesco V.I. International Growth Fund JPMorgan Insurance Trust Global Allocation Portfolio LVIP American Global Growth Fund LVIP American Growth Fund LVIP American Growth-Income Fund LVIP American International Fund LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund LVIP Baron Growth Opportunities Fund LVIP Delaware Mid Cap Value Fund LVIP Delaware Social Awareness Fund LVIP Delaware U.S. Growth Fund LVIP Delaware Value Fund LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund LVIP Dimensional International Core Equity Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 1 Fund LVIP Dimensional U.S. Core Equity 2 Fund LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund LVIP Government Money Market Fund LVIP JPMorgan High Yield Fund LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund LVIP MFS International Growth Fund LVIP MFS Value Fund LVIP Mondrian International Value Fund LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund		AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio Delaware VIP ^®Emerging Markets Series DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio LVIP American Global Small Capitalization Fund LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund LVIP Delaware REIT Fund LVIP Delaware Smid Cap Core Fund LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund MFS ^®VIT Utilities Series

B-6

Table of Contents

Group 1 Investments must be at least 30% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 70% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
		LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Developed International 150 Fund LVIP SSGA International Index Fund LVIP SSGA Large Cap 100 Fund LVIP SSGA Mid-Cap Index Fund LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund LVIP SSGA S&P 500 Index Fund LVIP SSGA Small-Cap Index Fund LVIP SSGA Small-Mid Cap 200 Fund LVIP T. Rowe Price Structured Mid-Cap Growth Fund LVIP Vanguard Domestic Equity ETF Fund LVIP Vanguard International Equity ETF Fund LVIP Wellington SMID Cap Value Fund MFS ^®VIT Growth Series MFS ^®VIT Total Return Series Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund Putnam VT Large Cap Value Fund QS Variable Conservative Growth

The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

•	American Century VP Balanced Fund
•	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

•	Fidelity ^®VIP Balanced Portfolio
•	Fidelity ^®VIP FundsManager ^®50% Portfolio
•	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio
•	Franklin Allocation VIP Fund
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund

•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund

•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund
•	LVIP Global Income Fund

•	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund

•	LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund

•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Total Return Series
•	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund
•	QS Variable Conservative Growth

B-7

Table of Contents

Investment Requirements for other Living Benefit Riders purchased prior to January 11, 2016. If you elected a Living Benefit Rider other than Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) or 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk), prior to January 11, 2016, you must currently allocate your Contract Value among one or more of the following Subaccounts.

Group 1 Investments must be at least 30% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 2 Investments cannot exceed 70% of Contract Value or Account Value		Group 3 Investments cannot exceed 10% of Contract Value or Account Value
JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Bond Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund LVIP Global Income Fund LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund		All other Subaccounts offered under the contract, except for Subaccounts in Group 3, and the fixed account and those listed below.		AB VPS Global Thematic Growth Portfolio Delaware VIP ^®Emerging Markets Series DWS Alternative Asset Allocation VIP Portfolio LVIP BlackRock Global Real Estate Fund LVIP Delaware REIT Fund LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets 100 Fund LVIP SSGA Emerging Markets Equity Index Fund MFS ^®VIT Utilities Series

The ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio, LVIP BlackRock Global Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund, LVIP BlackRock U.S. Growth ETF Allocation Managed Risk Fund, PIMCO VIT CommodityRealReturn^® Strategy Portfolio, and Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund are not available. The fixed account is only available for dollar cost averaging.

•	American Century VP Balanced Fund
•	BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

•	Fidelity ^®VIP Balanced Portfolio
•	Fidelity ^®VIP FundsManager ^®50% Portfolio
•	First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio
•	Franklin Allocation VIP Fund
•	Franklin Income VIP Fund
•	JPMorgan Insurance Trust Core Bond Portfolio
•	LVIP BlackRock Advantage Allocation Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Global Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Bond Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Floating Rate Fund

•	LVIP Delaware Diversified Income Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Limited-Term Diversified Income Fund
•	LVIP Delaware Wealth Builder Fund

•	LVIP Franklin Templeton Multi-Asset Opportunities Fund
•	LVIP Global Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Conservative Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP Global Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

•	LVIP Global Income Fund
•	LVIP Global Moderate Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP JPMorgan Retirement Income Fund
•	LVIP PIMCO Low Duration Bond Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Conservative Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Global Tactical Allocation Managed Volatility Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderate Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Index Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Moderately Aggressive Structured Allocation Fund
•	LVIP SSGA Short-Term Bond Index Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Aggressive Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund
•	LVIP U.S. Growth Allocation Managed Risk Fund

•	LVIP Vanguard Bond Allocation Fund

•	LVIP Western Asset Core Bond Fund
•	MFS^® VIT Total Return Series
•	Putnam VT George Putnam Balanced Fund
•	QS Variable Conservative Growth

B-8

Table of Contents

Appendix C — Discontinued Living Benefit Riders

The Living Benefit Riders described in this Appendix are no longer available. This Appendix contains important information for Contractowners who purchased their contract and one of the following Living Benefit Riders.

Charges and Deductions for Discontinued Living Benefit Riders

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 and 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) Fees. If you elect a Living Benefit Rider, there is a fee associated with that rider for as long as the rider is in effect.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 is an older version of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) which is still currently available. For more information about Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 please see Living Benefit Riders – Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk).

The protected lifetime income fee rates for the riders listed above are:

	Current Initial Annual Fee Rate		Guaranteed Maximum Annual Fee Rate
	Single Life	Joint Life	Single Life	Joint Life
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0	1.05%	1.25%	2.00%	2.00%
4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk)	1.05% (0.2625% quarterly)	1.25% (0.3125% quarterly)	2.00%	2.00%

The protected lifetime income fee:

•	is based on the Protected Income Base (initial Purchase Payment if purchased at contract issue, or Contract Value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments, Account Value Step-ups, Enhancements, and as decreased for Excess Withdrawals. (The Protected Income Base is decreased by all withdrawals under 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk)); and
•	may increase every Benefit Year upon an Account Value Step-up or an Enhancement. (You may opt out of this increase – see details below.)

The fee rate can change each time there is an Account Value Step-up. Since the Account Value Step-up could increase your Protected Income Base every Benefit Year (if all conditions are met), the fee rate could also increase every Benefit Year, but the rate will never exceed the stated guaranteed maximum annual fee rate. If your fee rate is increased, you may opt out of the Account Value Step-up by giving us notice within 30 days after the Benefit Year anniversary if you do not want your rate to change. If you opt out of the step-up, the fee rate and the Protected Income Base will return to the value they were immediately prior to the step-up, adjusted for any additional Purchase Payments or Excess Withdrawals (or all withdrawals under 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk)). This opt out will only apply for this particular Account Value Step-up. You will need to notify us each time the fee rate increases if you want to opt out of subsequent Account Value Step-ups.

B-1

Table of Contents

Advantage (Managed Risk)), if any, and the Enhancement will not be applied. This opt out will only apply for this particular Enhancement. You will need to notify us each time thereafter (if an Enhancement would cause your fee rate to increase) if you do not want the Enhancement.

The fee will be discontinued upon termination of the rider. However, a portion of the protected lifetime income fee, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except for death), surrender of the contract, or the election of an Annuity Payout option, including i4LIFE^® Advantage. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero, no further fee will be deducted.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Charge for Contractowners who transition from a Prior Rider. If you have elected Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 or 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) (a “Prior Rider”), you may carry over certain features of that Prior Rider to transition to the applicable version of i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. If you make this transition, your current charge rate of the Prior Rider will be the initial charge rate for your i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit rider.

If your Prior Rider is...	you will transition to...	and the current initial charge rate for your Guaranteed Income Benefit rider is…
Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0	i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4)	1.05% (0.2625% quarterly) single life option 1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) joint life option
4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk)	i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)	1.05% (0.2625% quarterly) single life option 1.25% (0.3125% quarterly) joint life option

The initial charge is a percentage of the greater of the Protected Income Base carried over from the Prior Rider or the Account Value. The charge for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit is deducted quarterly, starting with the first three-month anniversary of the effective date of i4LIFE^® Advantage and every three months thereafter. The total Base Contract Expense charge for the Death Benefit you have elected on your base contract also applies: 1.55% for the EGMDB, 1.30% for the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit and 1.25% for the Account Value Death Benefit for B-Share and 1.95% for the EGMDB, 1.70% for the Guarantee of Principal Death Benefit and 1.65% for the Account Value Death Benefit for C-Share and L-Share. Contractowners are guaranteed that in the future the guaranteed maximum charge rate for i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit will be the guaranteed maximum charge rate that was in effect at the time they purchased the Prior Rider.

The charge will not change unless there is an automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Income Benefit (described in the i4LIFE^® Advantage section of this prospectus). At such time, the dollar amount of the charge will increase by a two part formula: 1) the charge will increase by the same percentage that the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment increased and 2) the charge will also increase by the percentage of any increase to the Prior Rider current charge rate. (The Prior Rider charge rate continues to be used as a factor in determining the i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge.) This means that the charge may change annually. The charge may also be reduced if a withdrawal above the Regular Income Payment is taken. The dollar amount of the rider charge will be reduced in the same proportion that the withdrawal reduced the Account Value. The annual dollar amount is divided by four (4) to determine the quarterly charge.

See i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who Transition from a Prior Rider in the prospectus for an example of how the initial i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit charge for purchasers of a Prior Rider could be calculated.

Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage Charge. While this rider is in effect, there is a charge for Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage. The current annual charge rate is:

0.85% of the Guaranteed Amount (0.2125% quarterly) for Lincoln SmartSecurity ^®Advantage, single life option (for riders purchased prior to December 3, 2012, the current annual charge rate will increase from 0.65% to 0.85% at the end of the 10-year annual step-up period if a new 10-year period is elected); or

1.00% of the Guaranteed Amount (0.25% quarterly) for Lincoln SmartSecurity ^®Advantage, joint life option (for riders purchased prior to December 3, 2012, the current annual charge rate will increase from 0.80% to 1.00% at the end of the 10-year annual step-up period if a new 10-year period is elected). See Appendix C – Lincoln SmartSecurity ^®Advantage – Guaranteed Amount for a description of the calculation of the Guaranteed Amount.

B-2

Table of Contents

The charge is based on the Guaranteed Amount (initial Purchase Payment if purchased at contract issue or Contract Value at the time of election) as increased for subsequent Purchase Payments and step-ups and decreased for withdrawals. We will deduct the cost of this rider from the Contract Value on a quarterly basis, with the first deduction occurring on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the effective date of the rider. This deduction will be made in proportion to the value in each Subaccount of the contract on the Valuation Date the rider charge is assessed. The amount we deduct will increase or decrease as the Guaranteed Amount increases or decreases, because the charge is based on the Guaranteed Amount. Refer to Appendix C – Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage – Guaranteed Amount for a discussion and example of the impact of changes to the Guaranteed Amount.

Under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage, the annual rider charge rate will not change upon each automatic step-up of the Guaranteed Amount for the 10-year period.

If you elect to step-up the Guaranteed Amount for another step-up period (including if we administer the step-up election for you or if you make a change from a joint life to a single life option after a death or divorce), a portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days prior to the step-up will be deducted on the Valuation Date of the step-up based on the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the step-up. This deduction covers the cost of the rider from the time of the previous deduction to the date of the step-up. After a Contractowner's step-up, we will deduct the rider charge for the stepped-up Guaranteed Amount on a quarterly basis, beginning on the Valuation Date on or next following the three-month anniversary of the step-up. At the time of the elected step-up, the rider charge rate will change to the current charge rate in effect at that time (if the current charge rate has changed), but it will never exceed the guaranteed maximum annual charge rate of 1.50% of the Guaranteed Amount. If you never elect to step-up your Guaranteed Amount, your rider charge rate will never change, although the amount we deduct will change as the Guaranteed Amount changes. The rider charge will be discontinued upon the earlier of the Annuity Commencement Date, election of i4LIFE^® Advantage or termination of the rider. A portion of the rider charge, based on the number of days the rider was in effect that quarter, will be deducted upon termination of the rider (except upon death) or surrender of the contract.

Discontinued Living Benefit Riders

Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage

This benefit provides a minimum guaranteed amount (Guaranteed Amount) that you will be able to withdraw, in installments, from your contract. The Guaranteed Amount is equal to the initial Purchase Payment (or Contract Value if elected after contract issue) adjusted for subsequent Purchase Payments, step-ups and withdrawals in accordance with the provisions set forth below.

With Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage, the Guaranteed Amount will automatically step up to the Contract Value, if higher, on each Benefit Year anniversary through the tenth anniversary. With Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage, the Contractowner can also initiate additional 10-year periods of automatic step-ups.

You may access this Guaranteed Amount through periodic withdrawals which are based on a percentage of the Guaranteed Amount. With Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage single life or joint life options, you also have the option to receive periodic withdrawals for your lifetime or for the lifetimes of you and your spouse. These options are discussed below in detail.

If you purchased this rider, you are limited in how much you can invest in certain Subaccounts. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements.

If the benefit was elected at contract issue, then the rider was effective on the contract’s effective date. If the benefit was elected after the contract was issued, the rider was effective on the next Valuation Date following approval by us.

Benefit Year. The Benefit Year is the 12-month period starting with the effective date of the rider and starting with each anniversary of the rider effective date after that. If the Contractowner elects to step up the Guaranteed Amount (this does not include Account Value Step-ups within a 10-year period), the Benefit Year will begin on the effective date of the step-up and each anniversary of the effective date of the step-up after that. The step-up will be effective on the next Valuation Date after notice of the step-up is approved by us. If your Benefit Year anniversary falls on a day that the New York Stock Exchange is closed, any benefit calculations scheduled to occur on that anniversary will occur on the next Valuation Date.

Guaranteed Amount. The Guaranteed Amount is a value used to calculate your withdrawal benefit under this rider. The Guaranteed Amount is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or a Death Benefit. The initial Guaranteed Amount varies based on when and how you elect the benefit. If you elected the benefit at the time you purchased the contract, the Guaranteed Amount equals your initial Purchase Payment. If you elected the benefit after we issued the contract, the Guaranteed Amount equals the Contract Value on the effective date of the rider. The maximum Guaranteed Amount is $10 million for Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage. This maximum takes into consideration the combined guaranteed amounts under the Living Benefit Riders of all Lincoln New York contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or spouse if joint life option) are the covered lives.

Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the Purchase Payment (not to exceed the maximum); for example, a $10,000 additional Purchase Payment will increase the Guaranteed Amount by $10,000. After the first

B-3

Table of Contents

anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Servicing Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value is zero.

Each withdrawal reduces the Guaranteed Amount as discussed below.

Step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount. Under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage, the Guaranteed Amount will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary up to and including the tenth Benefit Year if:

a.	the Contractowner or joint owner is still living; and
b.	the Contract Value as of the Valuation Date, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges), the rider charge and account fee plus any Purchase Payments made on that date is greater than the Guaranteed Amount immediately preceding the Valuation Date.

After the tenth Benefit Year anniversary, you may initiate another 10-year period of automatic step-ups by electing (in writing) to step up the Guaranteed Amount to the greater of the Contract Value or the current Guaranteed Amount if:

a.	each Contractowner and Annuitant is under age 81; and
b.	the Contractowner or joint owner is still living.

If you choose, we will administer this election for you automatically, so that a new 10-year period of step-ups will begin at the end of each prior 10-year step-up period.

Following is an example of how the step-ups work in Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage, (assuming no withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Guaranteed Amount
Initial Purchase Payment $50,000	$50,000	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$54,000
3^rd Benefit Year anniversary	$57,000	$57,000

Annual step-ups, if the conditions are met, will continue until (and including) the tenth Benefit Year anniversary. If you had elected to have the next 10-year period of step-ups begin automatically after the prior 10-year period, annual step-ups, if conditions are met, will continue beginning on the eleventh Benefit Year anniversary.

Contractowner elected step-ups (other than automatic step-ups) will be effective on the next Valuation Date after we receive your request and a new Benefit Year will begin. Purchase Payments and withdrawals made after a step-up adjust the Guaranteed Amount. In the future, we may limit your right to step-up the Guaranteed Amount to your Benefit Year anniversary dates. All step-ups are subject to the maximum Guaranteed Amount.

Withdrawals. You will have access to your Guaranteed Amount through periodic withdrawals up to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount each Benefit Year until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.

On the effective date of the rider, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is 5% of the Guaranteed Amount.

If you do not withdraw the entire Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount during a Benefit Year, there is no carryover of the extra amount into the next Benefit Year. The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is increased by 5% of any additional Purchase Payments. For example, if the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $2,500 (5% of $50,000 Guaranteed Amount) is in effect and an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 is made, the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $3,000 ($2,500 + 5% of $10,000). Step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount (both automatic step-ups and step-ups elected by you) will step up the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to the greater of:

a.	the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the step-up; or
b.	5% of the new (stepped up) Guaranteed Amount.

If the cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) are within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, then:

1.	the withdrawal will reduce the Guaranteed Amount by the amount of the withdrawal on a dollar-for-dollar basis; and
2.	the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will remain the same.

Withdrawals from IRA contracts will be treated as within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount (even if they exceed the 5% Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount) only if:

•	Lincoln’s automatic withdrawal service is used to calculate and pay the RMD;

B-4

Table of Contents

•	the RMD calculation must be based only on the value in this contract;
•	no withdrawals other than RMDs are made within the Benefit Year; and
•	this contract is not a beneficiary IRA.

When cumulative amounts withdrawn from the contract during the Benefit Year (including the current withdrawal) exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount:

1.	The Guaranteed Amount is reduced to the lesser of:

•	the Contract Value immediately following the withdrawal; or
•	the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal; less the amount of the withdrawal.

2.	The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be the lesser of:

•	the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount immediately prior to the withdrawal; or
•	the greater of:

•	5% of the reduced Guaranteed Amount immediately following the withdrawal (as specified above when withdrawals exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount); or
•	5% of the Contract Value immediately following the withdrawal; or

•	the new Guaranteed Amount.

The following example demonstrates the impact of Excess Withdrawals on the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. A $7,000 Excess Withdrawal caused a $32,000 reduction in the Guaranteed Amount.

Prior to Excess Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $60,000
Guaranteed Amount = $85,000
Maximum Annual Withdrawal = $5,000 (5% of the initial Guaranteed Amount of $100,000)

After a $7,000 Withdrawal:
Contract Value = $53,000
Guaranteed Amount = $53,000
Maximum Annual Withdrawal = $2,650

The Guaranteed Amount was reduced to the lesser of the Contract Value immediately following the withdrawal ($53,000) or the Guaranteed Amount immediately prior to the withdrawal, less the amount of the withdrawal ($85,000 - $7,000 = $78,000).

The Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount was reduced to the lesser of:

1.	Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount prior to the withdrawal ($5,000); or
2.	The greater of 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount ($2,650) or 5% of the Contract Value following the withdrawal ($2,650); or
3.	The new Guaranteed Amount ($53,000).

The lesser of these three items is $2,650.

In a declining market, Excess Withdrawals may substantially deplete or eliminate your Guaranteed Amount and reduce your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount.

Excess Withdrawals will be subject to surrender charges (to the extent that total withdrawals exceed the free amount of withdrawals allowed during a Contract Year).

Lifetime Withdrawals. Payment of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be guaranteed for your (Contractowner) lifetime (single life option) or for the lifetimes of you (Contractowner) and your spouse (joint life option), as long as:

1.	No withdrawals are made before you (and your spouse if a joint life) are age 65; and
2.	An Excess Withdrawal (described above) has not reduced the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to zero.

If the lifetime withdrawal is not in effect, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will last only until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.

If any withdrawal is made prior to the time you (or both spouses) are age 65, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will not last for the lifetime(s), except in the two situations described below:

1.	If a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount after age 65 causes the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to equal or increase from

B-5

Table of Contents

the immediately prior Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. This typically occurs if the Contract Value equals or exceeds the highest, prior Guaranteed Amount. If this happens, the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will automatically be available for the specified lifetime(s); or

The Contractowner makes a one-time election to reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to 5% of the current Guaranteed Amount. This reset will occur on the first Valuation Date following the Benefit Year anniversary and will be based on the Guaranteed Amount as of that Valuation Date. This will reduce your Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. A Contractowner would only choose this if the above situation did not occur. To reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, the following must occur:

a.	the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) is age 65;
b.	the contract is currently within a 10-year automatic step-up period described above (or else a Contractowner submits a step-up request to start a new 10-year automatic step-up period) (the Contractowner must be eligible to elect a step-up; i.e., all Contractowners and the Annuitant must be alive and under age 81); and
c.	you have submitted this request to us in writing at least 30 days prior to the end of the Benefit Year.

As an example of these two situations, if you purchased Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage single life with $100,000, your initial Guaranteed Amount is $100,000 and your initial Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount is $5,000. If you make a $5,000 withdrawal at age 62, your Guaranteed Amount will decrease to $95,000. Since you did not satisfy the age 65 requirement, you do not have a lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. If a step-up of the Guaranteed Amount after age 65 (either automatic or Contractowner-elected) causes the Guaranteed Amount to equal or exceed $100,000, then the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount of $5,000 (or greater) will become a lifetime payout. This is the first situation described above. However, if the Guaranteed Amount has not been reset to equal or exceed the highest prior Guaranteed Amount, then you can choose the second situation described above if you are age 65 and the contract is within a 10-year automatic step-up period. This will reset the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to 5% of the current Guaranteed Amount; 5% of $95,000 is $4,750. This is your new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount which can be paid for your lifetime unless Excess Withdrawals are made.

The tax consequences of withdrawals and annuity payments are discussed in Federal Tax Matters.

All withdrawals you make, whether or not within the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, will decrease your Contract Value. If the contract is surrendered, the Contractowner will receive the Contract Value (less any applicable charges, fees, and taxes) and not the Guaranteed Amount.

If your Contract Value is reduced to zero because of market performance, withdrawals equal to the remaining Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount for that Benefit Year will be paid in a lump sum. On the next rider anniversary, the scheduled amount will resume and continue for the life of you (and your spouse if applicable) if the lifetime withdrawals are in effect. If not, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero. You may not withdraw the remaining Guaranteed Amount in a lump sum.

Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option. If you desire to annuitize your Guaranteed Amount, the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option is available.

The Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option is a fixed annuitization in which the Contractowner (and spouse if applicable) will receive the Guaranteed Amount in annual annuity payments equal to the current 5% Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, including the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawals if in effect (this option is different from other annuity payment options discussed in this prospectus, including i4LIFE^® Advantage, which are based on your Contract Value). Payment frequencies other than annual may be available. Payments will continue until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero and may continue until death if the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal is in effect. This may result in a partial, final payment. You would consider this option only if your Contract Value is less than the Guaranteed Amount (and you don't believe the Contract Value will ever exceed the Guaranteed Amount) and you do not wish to keep your annuity contract in force other than to pay out the Guaranteed Amount. You will have no other contract features other than the right to receive annuity payments equal to the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount until the Guaranteed Amount equals zero.

If the Contract Value is zero and you have a remaining Guaranteed Amount, you may not withdraw the remaining Guaranteed Amount in a lump sum, but must elect the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option.

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage has no provision for a lump sum payout of the Guaranteed Amount upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant. In addition, Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit will be paid other than any applicable Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts. All Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9) as applicable as amended from time to time. See The Contracts - Death Benefit.

Upon the death of the single life under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage single life option, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, if in effect, will end. If the contract is continued as discussed below, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal

B-6

Table of Contents

amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount, if any, is zero. In the alternative, the surviving spouse can choose to become the new single life, if the surviving spouse is under age 81. This will cause a reset of the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. The new Guaranteed Amount will equal the Contract Value on the date of the reset and the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount. This also starts a new 10-year period of automatic step-ups. At this time, the charge for the rider will become the current charge in effect for the single life option. The surviving spouse will need to be 65 before taking withdrawals to qualify for a lifetime payout. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider:

1.	the change a reset would cause to the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount;
2.	whether it is important to have Maximum Annual Withdrawal amounts for life or only until the Guaranteed Amount is reduced to zero; and
3.	the cost of the single life option.

Upon the first death under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage joint life option, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, if in effect, will continue for the life of the surviving spouse. Upon the death of the surviving spouse, the lifetime payout of the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will end. However, if the spouse's Beneficiary elects to take the annuity Death Benefit in installments over life expectancy, the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will continue until the Guaranteed Amount, if any, is zero (see below for a non-spouse Beneficiary). As an alternative, after the first death, the surviving spouse may choose to change from the joint life option to the single life option, if the surviving spouse is under age 81. This will cause a reset of the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount. The new Guaranteed Amount will equal the Contract Value on the date of the reset and the new Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will be 5% of the new Guaranteed Amount. This also starts a new 10-year period of automatic step-ups. At this time, the charge for the rider will become the current charge in effect for the single life option. In deciding whether to make this change, the surviving spouse should consider:

1.	if the reset will cause the Guaranteed Amount and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount to decrease; and
2.	if the cost of the single life option is less than the cost of the joint life option.

If the surviving spouse of the deceased Contractowner continues the contract, the remaining automatic step-ups will apply to the spouse as the new Contractowner.

If a non-spouse Beneficiary elects to receive the Death Benefit in installments over life expectancy (thereby keeping the contract in force), the Beneficiary may continue Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage if desired. Automatic step-ups under Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage will not continue and elective step-ups of the Guaranteed Amount under both options will not be permitted. In the event the Contract Value declines below the Guaranteed Amount (as adjusted for withdrawals of Death Benefit payments), the Beneficiary is assured of receiving payments equal to the Guaranteed Amount (as adjusted). Deductions for the protected lifetime income fee will continue on a quarterly basis and will be charged against the remaining Guaranteed Amount. Note: there are instances where the required installments of the Death Benefit, in order to be in compliance with the Internal Revenue Code as noted above, may exceed the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount, thereby reducing the benefit of this rider. If there are multiple Beneficiaries, each Beneficiary will be entitled to continue a share of Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage equal to his or her share of the Death Benefit.

Impact of Divorce on Joint Life Option. In the event of a divorce, the Contractowner may change from a joint life option to a single life option (if available) (if the Contractowner is under age 81) at the current protected lifetime income fee of the single life option. At the time of the change, the Guaranteed Amount will be reset to the current Contract Value and the Maximum Annual Withdrawal amount will equal 5% of this new Guaranteed Amount.

After a divorce, the Contractowner may keep the joint life option to have the opportunity to receive lifetime payouts for the lives of the Contractowner and a new spouse. This is only available if no withdrawals were made from the contract after the effective date of the rider up to and including the date the new spouse is added to the rider.

Termination. After the later of the fifth Benefit Year anniversary of the effective date of the rider or the fifth Benefit Year anniversary of the most recent Contractowner-elected step-up, including any step-up we administered for you, of the Guaranteed Amount, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. After this time, the rider will also terminate if the Contractowner fails to adhere to the Investment Requirements. Lincoln SmartSecurity^® Advantage will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date (except payments under the Guaranteed Amount Annuity Payment Option will continue if applicable);
•	upon the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage;
•	if the Contractowner or Annuitant is changed (except if the surviving Secondary Life assumes ownership of the contract upon death of the Contractowner) including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral;
•	upon the last payment of the Guaranteed Amount unless the lifetime Maximum Annual Withdrawal is in effect;
•	when the Maximum Annual Withdrawal or Contract Value is reduced to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal; or
•	upon termination of the underlying annuity contract.

B-7

Table of Contents

The termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Guaranteed Amount. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate.

If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can purchase any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Option. Contractowners who previously elected Lincoln SmartSecurity ^®Advantage may decide to later carry over their Guaranteed Amount to i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit. This transition will be made to Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk). The charge, Guaranteed Income Benefit percentages, Access Period requirements, and Investment Requirements will be those that currently apply to new elections of i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk). This decision must be made prior to the maximum age limit and prior to the Annuity Commencement date. You cannot have both i4LIFE ^®Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time.

4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk)

4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) is a rider that provides a Protected Income Base which will be used to establish the amount of the Guaranteed Income Benefit payment upon the election of i4LIFE^® Advantage. If you elect 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk), you must later elect i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) in order to receive a benefit from 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk). You will be subject to certain Investment Requirements in which your Contract Value must be allocated among specified Subaccounts. See The Contracts – Investment Requirements.

Protected Income Base. The Protected Income Base is an amount used to calculate the Guaranteed Income Benefit under i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) at a later date. The Protected Income Base is not available to you as a lump sum withdrawal or as a Death Benefit. The initial Protected Income Base varies based on when you elect the rider. If you elected 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) at the time you purchased the contract, the Protected Income Base equals your initial Purchase Payment. If you elected the rider after you purchased the contract, the initial Protected Income Base equals the Contract Value on the effective date of 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk). The maximum Protected Income Base is $10 million. The maximum takes into consideration the total guaranteed amounts from all Lincoln New York contracts (or contracts issued by our affiliates) in which you (and/or Secondary Life, if joint life option) are the covered lives.

Additional Purchase Payments automatically increase the Protected Income Base by the amount of the Purchase Payments (not to exceed the maximum Protected Income Base). For example, an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 will increase the Protected Income Base by $10,000. After the first anniversary of the rider effective date, once cumulative additional Purchase Payments exceed $100,000, additional Purchase Payments will be limited to $50,000 per Benefit Year without Servicing Office approval. Additional Purchase Payments will not be allowed if the Contract Value decreases to zero for any reason, including market loss.

Each withdrawal reduces the Protected Income Base in the same proportion as the amount withdrawn reduces the Contract Value on the Valuation Date of the withdrawal. This means that the reduction in the Protected Income Base could be more than the dollar amount of the withdrawal.

The following example demonstrates the impact of a withdrawal on the Protected Income Base and the Contract Value. The Contractowner makes a withdrawal of $11,200 which causes a $12,550 reduction in the Protected Income Base.

Prior to the withdrawal:
Contract Value = $112,000
Protected Income Base = $125,500

After a withdrawal of $11,200, the Contract Value is reduced by 10% ($11,200) and the Protected Income Base is also reduced by 10%, the same proportion by which the withdrawal reduced the Contract Value ($11,200 ÷ $112,000)

Contract Value = $100,800 ($112,000 - $11,200)
Protected Income Base = $112,950 ($125,500 x 10% = $12,550; $125,500 - $12,550 = $112,950)

In a declining market, withdrawals may significantly reduce your Protected Income Base. If the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals, this rider will terminate. If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to a withdrawal, both the rider and the contract will terminate.

Account Value Step-up. The Protected Income Base will automatically step up to the Contract Value on each Benefit Year anniversary if:

a.	the Annuitant (single life option), or the Secondary Life (joint life option) are still living and under age 86; and
b.	the Contract Value on that Benefit Year anniversary, after the deduction of any withdrawals (including surrender charges, the protected lifetime income fee and account fee), plus any Purchase Payments made on that date and Persistency Credits, if any, added on that date, is equal to or greater than the Protected Income Base after the 5% Enhancement (if any).

The Account Value Step-up is available even in years in which a withdrawal has occurred.

B-8

Table of Contents

5% Enhancement. On each Benefit Year anniversary, the Protected Income Base, minus Purchase Payments received in the preceding Benefit Year, will be increased by 5% if:

a.	the Annuitant (as well as the Secondary Life if the joint life option is in effect) are under age 86; and
b.	there were no withdrawals in the preceding Benefit Year; and
c.	the rider is within the Enhancement Period described below.

The Enhancement Period is a 10-year period that begins on the effective date of the rider. A new Enhancement Period begins immediately following an Account Value Step-up. If during any Enhancement Period there are no Account Value Step-ups, the 5% Enhancements will terminate at the end of the Enhancement Period and will not restart until the next Benefit Year anniversary following the Benefit Year anniversary upon which an Account Value Step-up occurs. Any new Purchase Payment made after the initial Purchase Payment will be added immediately to the Protected Income Base. However, any new Purchase Payment must be invested in the contract for at least one Benefit Year before it will be used in calculating the 5% Enhancement. Any new Purchase Payments made within the first 90 days after the effective date of 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) will be included in the Protected Income Base for purposes of calculating the 5% Enhancement on the first Benefit Year anniversary.

If you decline the Account Value Step-up during the first 10 Benefit Years, you will continue to be eligible for the 5% Enhancements through the end of the current Enhancement Period, but the 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) charge could increase to the then current charge at the time of any 5% Enhancements after the 10^th Benefit Year anniversary. You will have the option to opt out of the enhancements after the 10^th Benefit Year. In order to be eligible to receive further 5% Enhancements the Annuitant (single life option), or the Secondary Life (joint life option) must still be living and be under age 86.

Note: The 5% Enhancement is not available in any Benefit Year there is a withdrawal from Contract Value. A 5% Enhancement will occur in subsequent years only under certain conditions. If you are eligible (as defined below) for the 5% Enhancement in the next Benefit Year, the enhancement will not occur until the Benefit Year anniversary of that year.

The following is an example of the impact of the 5% Enhancement on the Protected Income Base (assuming no withdrawals):

Initial Purchase Payment = $100,000; Protected Income Base = $100,000
Additional Purchase Payment on day 30 = $15,000; Protected Income Base = $115,000

Consider a further additional Purchase Payment on day 95 = $10,000; Protected Income Base = $125,000

This additional Purchase Payment is not eligible for the enhancement on the first Benefit year anniversary because it was received after the first 90 days after the effective date of the rider. It will not be eligible for the 5% Enhancement until the second Benefit Year anniversary. Therefore, on the first Benefit Year anniversary, the Protected Income Base will not be less than $130,750 (= $115,000 x 1.05 + $10,000).

As explained below, the 5% Enhancement and Account Value Step-up will not occur in the same year. If the Account Value Step-up provides a greater increase to the Protected Income Base, you will not receive the 5% Enhancement. It is possible that this could happen each Benefit Year (because the Account Value Step-up provided a larger increase each year), and therefore the enhancement would not apply. The 5% Enhancement or the Account Value Step-up cannot increase the Protected Income Base above the maximum Protected Income Base of $10 million.

You will not receive the 5% Enhancement on any Benefit Year anniversary in which there is a withdrawal. The 5% Enhancement will occur on the following Benefit Year anniversary if no further withdrawals are made from the contract and the rider is within the Enhancement Period.

The following is an example of how the Account Value Step-ups and the 5% Enhancement affect the Protected Income Base and the potential for the charge to increase or decrease (assuming there have been no withdrawals or new Purchase Payments):

	Contract Value	Protected Income Base with 5% Enhancement	Protected Income Base
Initial Purchase Payment $50,000	$50,000	N/A	$50,000
1^st Benefit Year anniversary	$54,000	$52,500	$54,000
2^nd Benefit Year anniversary	$53,900	$56,700	$56,700

B-9

Table of Contents

Death Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) has no provision for a payout of the Protected Income Base upon death of the Contractowners or Annuitant. In addition, 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) provides no increase in the Death Benefit value over and above what the Death Benefit provides in the base contract. At the time of death, if the Contract Value equals zero, no Death Benefit options (as described earlier in this prospectus) will be in effect. Election of the 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) does not impact the Death Benefit options available for purchase with your annuity contract. Generally all Death Benefit payments must be made in compliance with Internal Revenue Code Sections 72(s) or 401(a)(9), as amended. See The Contracts – Death Benefit.

If the Contractowner is not also named as the Annuitant or the Secondary Life, upon the first death of the Annuitant or Secondary Life, the 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) rider will continue. Upon the second death of either the Annuitant or Secondary Life, 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) will terminate.

Upon the death of the Contractowner, the 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) rider will continue only if either Annuitant or the Secondary Life becomes the new Contractowner and payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage begin within one year after the death of the Contractowner.

Termination. After the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) rider, the Contractowner may terminate the rider by notifying us in writing. (If you elected a 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) rider prior to January 1, 2017, and decide to terminate that rider to elect 4LATER^® Select Advantage prior to May 18, 2020, this 5-year waiting period is waived.) After this time, the rider will also terminate if the Contractowner fails to adhere to the Investment Requirements. 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) will automatically terminate:

•	on the Annuity Commencement Date; or
•	upon election of 4LATER^® Select Advantage; or
•	if the Annuitant is changed including any sale or assignment of the contract or any pledge of the contract as collateral; or
•	upon the second death of either the Annuitant or Secondary Life; or
•	when the Protected Income Base is reduced to zero due to withdrawals; or
•	the last day that you can elect i4LIFE^® Advantage (age 99 for nonqualified contracts); or
•	upon termination of the underlying contract.

This termination will not result in any increase in Contract Value equal to the Protected Income Base. Upon effective termination of this rider, the benefits and charges within this rider will terminate. If you terminate the rider, you must wait one year before you can elect any Living Benefit Rider available for purchase at that time.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Option. Contractowners who previously elected 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) may decide to later transition to i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk). The transition must be made prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You cannot have both i4LIFE^® Advantage and another Living Benefit Rider in effect on your contract at the same time. See i4LIFE^® Advantage - i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit Transitions for a discussion of this transition.

B-10

Table of Contents

Appendix D — Protected Annual Income Rates for Previous Rider Elections

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)
Protected Annual Income Rates by Ages:

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between December 14, 2020 and April 30, 2021

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	2.50%	55 – 58	2.25%
59 – 64	3.50%	59 – 64	3.00%
65+	5.00%	65+	4.50%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between September 14, 2020 and December 13, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	2.50%	55 – 58	2.25%
59 – 64	3.50%	59 – 64	3.00%
65+	4.75%	65+	4.25%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between May 18, 2020 and September 13, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	2.75%	55 – 58	2.50%
59 – 64	3.75%	59 – 64	3.25%
65 – 69	5.00%	65 – 69	4.50%
70 – 74	5.00%	70 – 74	4.50%
75+	5.00%	75+	4.50%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between March 16, 2020 and May 17, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.20%	55 – 58	2.90%
59 – 64	4.10%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 69	5.35%	65 – 69	5.00%
70 – 74	5.45%	70 – 74	5.10%
75+	5.60%	75+	5.20%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

C-1

Table of Contents

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between November 18, 2019 and March 15, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.20%
59 – 64	4.40%	59 – 64	4.10%
65 – 69	5.50%	65 – 69	5.20%
70 – 74	5.60%	70 – 74	5.30%
75+	5.70%	75+	5.40%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between July 15, 2019 and November 17, 2019

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.75%	55 – 58	3.75%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 69	5.75%	65 – 69	5.50%
70 – 74	5.75%	70 – 74	5.60%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between April 1, 2019 and July 14, 2019

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.75%	55 – 58	3.75%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 69	5.75%	65 – 69	5.50%
70 – 74	5.80%	70 – 74	5.60%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between October 1, 2018 and March 31, 2019

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.75%	55 – 58	3.75%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 69	5.60%	65 – 69	5.50%
70 – 74	5.75%	70 – 74	5.60%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

C-2

Table of Contents

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between May 21, 2018 and September 30, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.75%	55 – 58	3.75%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 74	5.60%	65 – 74	5.35%
75+	6.00%	75+	5.75%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) applications or rider election forms signed between September 25, 2017 and May 20, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.50%	59 – 64	4.25%
65 – 74	5.50%	65 – 74	5.25%
75+	5.85%	75+	5.60%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) rider elections on or after January 23, 2017 but prior to September 25, 2017

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.25%	59 – 64	4.00%
65+	5.25%	65+	5.00%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) for rider elections on or after May 20, 2013 but prior to January 23, 2017

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65+	5.00%	65 – 74	4.50%
		75+	5.00%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) for rider elections on or after December 3, 2012 but prior to May 20, 2013

Single & Joint Life Option*		Single & Joint Life Option
Age		Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58		3.50%
59 - 64		4.00%
65+		5.00%

*If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

C-3

Table of Contents

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) for rider elections prior to December 3, 2012

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	4.00%	55 – 64	4.00%
59+	5.00%	65+	5.00%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0
Protected Annual Income Rates by Ages:

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 rider elections on or after May 20, 2013

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.00%	55 – 58	3.00%
59 - 64	3.50%	59 – 64	3.50%
65 – 69	4.50%	65 – 69	4.00%
70+	5.00%	70+	4.50%

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 for rider elections on or after December 3, 2012 but prior to May 20, 2013

Single & Joint Life Option*		Single & Joint Life Option
Age		Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58		3.00%
59 – 64		3.50%
65 – 69		4.50%
70+		5.00%

*If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SMAdvantage 2.0 for rider elections prior to December 3, 2012

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 64	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	65 – 69	4.50%
65 – 69	4.50%	70+	5.00%
70+	5.00%

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage

Protected Annual Income Rates by Ages:

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between December 14, 2020 and April 30, 2021

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	2.25%	55 – 58	2.00%
59 – 64	3.25%	59 – 64	3.00%
65+	4.75%	65+	4.15%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

C-4

Table of Contents

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between September 14, 2020 and December 13, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	2.25%	55 – 58	2.00%
59 – 64	3.25%	59 – 64	3.00%
65+	4.50%	65+	4.00%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between May 18, 2020 and September 13, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	2.50%	55 – 58	2.25%
59 – 64	3.50%	59 – 64	3.00%
65 – 69	4.75%	65 – 69	4.25%
70 – 74	4.75%	70 – 74	4.25%
75+	4.75%	75+	4.25%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between March 16, 2020 and May 17, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.10%	55 – 58	2.85%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 64	3.65%
65 – 69	5.10%	65 – 69	4.65%
70 – 74	5.15%	70 – 74	4.75%
75+	5.55%	75+	5.00%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between November 18, 2019 and March 15, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.25%	55 – 58	3.00%
59 – 64	4.15%	59 – 64	3.85%
65 – 69	5.15%	65 – 69	4.85%
70 – 74	5.35%	70 – 74	5.00%
75+	5.55%	75+	5.25%

For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between October 1, 2018 and November 17, 2019

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.25%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 69	5.25%	65 – 69	5.15%
70 – 74	5.50%	70 – 74	5.25%
75+	5.75%	75+	5.50%

* For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

C-5

Table of Contents

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between May 21, 2018 and September 30, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.25%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 74	5.25%	65 – 74	5.00%
75+	5.75%	75+	5.50%

* For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between January 19, 2018 and May 20, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 74	5.00%	65 – 74	4.50%
75+	5.50%	75+	5.00%

* For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners) and January 18, 2018

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Protected Annual Income rate*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Protected Annual Income rate*
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65+	5.00%	65 – 74	4.50%
		75+	5.00%

*For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage applications or rider election forms signed prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners):

If you take a withdrawal prior to the fifth Benefit Year anniversary (either a Protected Annual Income withdrawal or an Excess Withdrawal), Table A will always be used to determine the Protected Annual Income amount. As long as no withdrawals occur prior to the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, Table B will always be used.

Upon the first Protected Annual Income withdrawal, the Protected Annual Income rate will be based on your age (or the younger of you and your spouse under the joint life option) as of the date of that withdrawal, and thereafter may not change unless an Account Value Step-up occurs.

	TABLE A		TABLE B
Age	Single Life Option	Joint Life Option*	Single Life Option	Joint Life Option*
55 – 58	2.50%	2.50%	3.50%	3.50%
59 – 64	3.00%	3.00%	4.00%	4.00%
65 – 74	4.00%	3.50%	5.00%	4.50%
75 +	4.00%	4.00%	5.00%	5.00%

*For the joint life option, age is based on the younger of you and your spouse.

For example, assume you purchase Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage (single life option) at age 60, and you take your first withdrawal at age 63. Since the withdrawal occurred prior to the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, Table A will be used to determine the Protected Annual Income rate for this and all subsequent withdrawals, and the rate for your Protected Annual Income will be 3.0%. If you took your second withdrawal and had an Account Value Step-up at age 70, Table A still applies, and your Protected Annual Income rate is increased to 4.0%. If you wait to take your first withdrawal on or after the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, Table B will be used to determine the Protected Annual Income rate for all Protected Annual Income withdrawals.

C-6

Table of Contents

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage

Protected Annual Income Rates by Ages:

The rates in Table A apply prior to the Contract Value reaching zero. When the Contract Value reaches zero, Table B will always be used and, the Protected Annual Income amount will be immediately recalculated to equal the Protected Income Base multiplied by the applicable rate shown in Table B. The rate in Table B will be based on the later of (a) your age at the time the first Protected Annual Income withdrawal occurred, or (b) your age as of the Valuation Date of the most recent Account Value Step-up. If no withdrawals have been taken prior to the Contract Value reaching zero, then your current age (single life option) or the younger of you and your spouse (joint life option) will be used to determine the Protected Annual Income rate in Table B. For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

Lincoln Max 6 Select ^SM Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between December 14, 2020 and April 30, 2021

TABLE A			TABLE B
Age	Single Life Option	Joint Life Option*	Age	Single Life & Joint Life Option*
55 – 58	N/A	N/A	55 – 58	N/A
59 – 64	5.25%	3.00%	59+	3.00%
65 – 69	6.50%	5.50%
70 – 74	6.75%	5.75%
75 +	7.00%	6.00%

* If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between May 18, 2020 and December 13, 2020

TABLE A			TABLE B
Age	Single Life Option	Joint Life Option*	Age	Single Life & Joint Life Option*
55 – 58	N/A	N/A	55 – 58	N/A
59 – 64	5.25%	3.00%	59+	3.00%
65 – 69	6.25%	5.75%
70 – 74	6.50%	6.00%
75 +	6.75%	6.25%

* If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between May 18, 2020 and December 13, 2020

TABLE A			TABLE B
Age	Single Life Option	Joint Life Option*	Age	Single Life & Joint Life Option*
55 – 58	N/A	N/A	55 – 58	N/A
59 – 64	5.25%	3.00%	59+	3.00%
65 – 69	6.25%	5.75%
70 – 74	6.50%	6.00%
75 +	6.75%	6.25%

* If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage applications or rider election forms signed between October 1, 2018 and May 17, 2020

TABLE A			TABLE B
Age	Single Life Option	Joint Life Option*	Age	Single Life & Joint Life Option*
55 – 58	4.50%	4.00%	55+	3.00%
59 – 64	5.50%	5.00%
65 – 69	6.50%	6.00%
70 – 74	6.75%	6.25%
75 +	7.00%	6.50%

* If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

C-7

Table of Contents

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage applications signed between August 20, 2018 and September 30, 2018

TABLE A			TABLE B
Age	Single Life Option	Joint Life Option	Age	Single Life & Joint Life Option
55 – 58	4.50%	4.00%	55+	3.00%
59 – 64	5.50%	5.00%
65 – 74	6.50%	6.00%
75 +	7.00%	6.50%

* For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

C-8

Table of Contents

Appendix E — Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages for Previous Rider Elections

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit
Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages by Ages:

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for prior purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage with applications and/or rider election forms signed between December 14, 2020 and April 30, 2021

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.00%	Under age 40	2.00%
40 – 54	2.25%	40 – 54	2.00%
55 – 58	2.25%	55 – 58	2.00%
59 - 64	3.00%	59 – 64	2.50%
65 – 69	3.75%	65 – 69	2.75%
70 – 74	4.00%	70 – 74	3.25%
75 – 79	4.25%	75 – 79	3.50%
80+	4.25%	80+	3.75%

*In order to have received the percentage indicated, your application or rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above. Purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may use any remaining Protected Income Base reduced by all Protected Annual Income payments since the last Account Value Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Account Value Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. Purchasers of 4LATER^® Select Advantage may use any remaining Protected Income Base to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.00%	Under age 40	2.00%
40 – 54	2.25%	40 – 54	2.00%
55 – 58	2.25%	55 – 58	2.00%
59 - 64	3.25%	59 – 64	2.50%
65 – 69	4.00%	65 – 69	2.75%
70 – 74	4.25%	70 – 74	3.25%
75 – 79	4.50%	75 – 79	3.50%
80+	4.50%	80+	3.75%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections and for prior purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage with applications and/or rider election forms signed between November 18, 2019 and May 17, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	2.75%
55 – 58	3.25%	55 – 58	3.00%
59 - 64	3.75%	59 – 64	3.50%
65 – 69	4.25%	65 – 69	4.00%

D-1

Table of Contents

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
70 – 74	5.00%	70 – 74	4.25%
75 – 79	5.00%	75 – 79	4.75%
80+	5.25%	80+	5.00%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit elections between August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners) and November 17, 2019, or for purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage between August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners) and November 17, 2019, or for purchasers of 4LATER^® Select Advantage between January 9, 2017 and November 17, 2019.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 - 64	4.00%	59 – 69	4.00%
65 – 69	4.50%	70 – 74	4.50%
70 – 79	5.00%	75 – 79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

*In order to have received the percentage indicated, your applications or rider election form must have been signed or dated on or before the last day of the effective period noted above. Purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may use any remaining Protected Income Base reduced by all Protected Annual Income payments since the last Account Value Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Account Value Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. Purchasers of 4LATER^® Select Advantage may use any remaining Protected Income Base to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk)
Guaranteed Income Benefit Percentages by Ages:

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections and for prior purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) between December 14, 2020 and April 30, 2021.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.00%	Under age 40	2.00%
40 – 54	2.50%	40 – 54	2.20%
55 – 58	2.50%	55 – 58	2.20%
59 - 64	3.25%	59 – 64	2.75%
65 – 69	4.00%	65 – 69	3.25%
70 – 74	4.50%	70 – 74	3.50%
75 – 79	4.50%	75 – 79	3.75%
80+	4.50%	80+	4.00%

* For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

D-2

Table of Contents

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections and for prior purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) between May 18, 2020 and December 13, 2020

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.00%	Under age 40	2.00%
40 – 54	2.50%	40 – 54	2.20%
55 – 58	2.50%	55 – 58	2.20%
59 - 64	3.50%	59 – 64	2.75%
65 – 69	4.25%	65 – 69	3.25%
70 – 74	4.75%	70 – 74	3.50%
75 – 79	4.75%	75 – 79	3.75%
80+	4.75%	80+	4.00%

* For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections between November 18, 2019 and May 17, 2020.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.25%
59 - 64	4.00%	59 – 64	3.75%
65 – 69	5.00%	65 – 69	4.25%
70 – 74	5.25%	70 – 74	4.50%
75 – 79	5.50%	75 – 79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.25%

* For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections for prior purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) between November 18, 2019 and May 17, 2020.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Percentage of Account Value or Protected Income Base*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Percentage of Account Value or Protected Income Base*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	2.75%
55 – 58	3.25%	55 –58	3.00%
59 – 64	3.75%	59 – 64	3.50%
65 – 69	4.25%	65 – 69	4.00%
70 – 74	5.00%	70 – 74	4.25%
75 – 79	5.00%	75 – 79	4.75%
80+	5.25%	80+	5.00%

Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) may use any remaining Protected Income Base reduced by all Protected Annual Income payments since the last Account Value Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Account Value Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. Purchasers of 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) may use any remaining Protected Income Base to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections between February 19, 2019 and November 17, 2019.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%

D-3

Table of Contents

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	GIB Percentage*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	GIB Percentage*
59 - 64	4.00%	59 – 64	4.00%
65 – 69	5.00%	65 – 69	4.50%
70 – 74	5.25%	70 – 74	5.00%
75 – 79	5.50%	75 – 79	5.25%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

* For additional Rate Sheet information see Living Benefit Riders – Rate Sheets.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit elections for purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners).

	Table A for i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payments or withdrawals taken prior to the 5^th Benefit Year anniversary (Percentage of Account Value or Protected Income Base*)		Table B for i4LIFE^® Advantage Regular Income Payments or withdrawals taken on and after the 5^th Benefit Year anniversary (Percentage of Account Value or Protected Income Base*)
Age	Single Life	Joint Life**	Single Life	Joint Life**
Under age 40	1.50%	1.50%	2.50%	2.50%
40 – 54	2.00%	2.00%	3.00%	3.00%
55 – 58	2.50%	2.50%	3.50%	3.50%
59 – 64	3.00%	3.00%	4.00%	4.00%
65 – 69	3.50%	3.00%	4.50%	4.00%
70 – 74	4.00%	3.50%	5.00%	4.50%
75 – 79	4.00%	4.00%	5.00%	5.00%
80+	4.50%	4.50%	5.50%	5.50%

Purchasers of Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage may use any remaining Protected Income Base reduced by all Protected Annual Income payments since the last Account Value Step-up, if any, or the rider’s effective date (if there have not been any Account Value Step-ups) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit. Prior to the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, Table A will be used to determine the Guaranteed Income Benefit amount. If you take a withdrawal (either a Protected Annual Income withdrawal or an Excess Withdrawal) or begin receiving Regular Income Benefit payments under i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit, prior to the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, Table A will always be used to establish the Guaranteed Income Benefit. On or after the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, as long as no withdrawals occurred prior to the fifth Benefit Year anniversary, Table B will always be used.

**	If the joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections on or after May 20, 2013 and prior to February 18, 2019, or for purchasers of 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) on or after May 20, 2013 or for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) on or after May 20, 2013.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option
Age	Percentage of Account Value or Protected Income Base*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Percentage of Account Value or Protected Income Base*
Under age 40	2.50%	Under age 40	2.50%
40 – 54	3.00%	40 – 54	3.00%
55 – 58	3.50%	55 – 58	3.50%
59 – 64	4.00%	59 – 69	4.00%
65 – 69	4.50%	70 – 74	4.50%
70 – 79	5.00%	75 – 79	5.00%
80+	5.50%	80+	5.50%

D-4

Table of Contents

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit elections or for prior purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 on or after May 20, 2013.

Single Life Option		Joint Life Option**
Age	Percentage of Account Value, Protected Income Base or Guaranteed Amount*	Age (younger of you and your spouse’s age)	Percentage of Account Value, Protected Income Base or Guaranteed Amount*
Under age 40	2.00%	Under age 40	2.00%
40 – 54	2.50%	40 – 54	2.50%
55 – 58	3.00%	55 – 58	3.00%
59 - 64	3.50%	59 – 69	3.50%
65 – 69	4.00%	70 – 74	4.00%
70 – 74	4.50%	75+	4.50%
75+	5.00%

Purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 may use any remaining Protected Income Base reduced by all Protected Annual Income payments since the last Account Value Step-up or the rider's effective date (if there has not been any Account Value Step-up) if greater than the Account Value to establish the initial Guaranteed Income Benefit.

**	If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) elections or prior purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk), or 4LATER^® Advantage (Managed Risk) prior to May 20, 2013.

Single & Joint Life Option*		Single & Joint Life Option*
Age		Percentage of Account Value or Protected Income Base**
Under age 40		2.50%
40 – 54		3.00%
55 – 58		3.50%
59 – 64		4.00%
65 – 69		4.50%
70 – 79		5.00%
80+		5.50%

*	If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit election or for purchasers of Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 prior to May 20, 2013.

Single & Joint Life Option*		Single & Joint Life Option*
Age		Percentage of Account Value, Protected Income Base or Guaranteed Amount**
Under age 40		2.00%
40 – 54		2.50%
55 – 58		3.00%
59 – 64		3.50%
65 – 69		4.00%
70 – 74		4.50%
75+		5.00%

*	If joint life option is in effect, the younger of you and your spouse’s age applies.

D-5

Table of Contents

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Table of Contents

Appendix F – Current Rider Charges for Previous Elections

The following tables reflect the current charge for optional Living Benefit Riders by election date. The current charges for new elections are disclosed in a Rate Sheet supplement.

Optional Protected Lifetime Income Fees:

Lincoln Lifetime Income^SM Advantage 2.0 (Managed Risk)

	Single Life	Joint Life
Riders elected on or after December 14, 2020	1.50%	1.60%
Riders elected on or after May 21, 2018 and prior to December 13, 2020	1.25%	1.50%

Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage

	Single Life	Joint Life
Riders elected on or after December 14, 2020	1.50%	1.60%
Riders elected on or after August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners and prior to December 13, 2020	1.25%	1.50%

Lincoln Max 6 Select^SM Advantage

	Single Life	Joint Life
Riders elected on or after December 14, 2020	1.50%	1.60%
Riders elected prior to December 14, 2020	1.25%	1.50%

4LATER^® Select Advantage

	Single Life	Joint Life
Riders elected on or after December 14, 2020	1.50%	1.60%
Riders elected prior to December 14, 2020	1.25%	1.50%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit

	Single Life	Joint Life
i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018	0.95%	1.15%

F-1

Table of Contents

i4LIFE ^®Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Contractowners who Transition from Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) or 4LATER ^®Advantage (Managed Risk)

	Single Life	Joint Life
i4LIFE ^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after December 14, 2020	1.50%	1.60%

i4LIFE ^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected on or after May 21, 2018 and prior to December 13, 2020	1.25%	1.50%

i4LIFE ^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (Managed Risk) for Lincoln Lifetime Income ^SMAdvantage 2.0 (Managed Risk) riders elected prior to May 21, 2018 and for all 4LATER ^®Advantage (Managed Risk) riders	1.05%	1.25%

i4LIFE^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit for Contractowners who Transition from Lincoln Market Select^® Advantage or 4LATER^® Select Advantage

	Single Life	Joint Life
i4LIFE ^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage riders and 4LATER ^®Select Advantage riders elected on or after December 14, 2020	1.50%	1.60%

i4LIFE ^® Advantage Select Guaranteed Income Benefit for Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage riders elected on or after August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners) and prior to December 13, 2020 and 4LATER ^®Select Advantage riders prior to December 13, 2020	1.25%	1.50%

i4LIFE ^® Advantage Guaranteed Income Benefit (version 4) for Lincoln Market Select ^®Advantage riders elected prior to August 29, 2016 (October 3, 2016 for existing Contractowners)	0.95%	1.15%

F-2

Table of Contents

The SAI includes additional information about the contract, Lincoln Life, and the VAA. The SAI is dated the same date as this prospectus. We will provide the SAI without charge upon request. You may obtain a free copy of the SAI and submit inquiries by:

•	Mailing: Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York, PO Box 2348, Fort Wayne, IN 46801-2348

•	Visiting: www.lfg.com/VAprospectus

•	Emailing: CustServSupportTeam@lfg.com
•	Calling: 1-888-868-2583

You may also obtain reports and other information about the VAA on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, and copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov. The SEC file numbers and the contract’s contract identifier number are listed below.

SEC File Nos. 333-181616; 811-09763
EDGAR Contract Identifier C000116838

Table of Contents

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance^SM Series

Individual Variable Annuity Contracts

Summary Prospectus for New Investors
May 1, 2021

This summary prospectus summarizes key features of a version of the Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries variable annuity contract, issued by Lincoln Life & Annuity Company of New York (Lincoln New York or Company). Three separate share classes are offered in this prospectus, each of which has different features and charges. You must choose from one of the following share classes:

•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries B-Share
•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries C-Share
•	Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries L-Share

Before you invest, you should also review the prospectus for the Lincoln ChoicePlus Assurance ^SMSeries variable annuity contract, which contains more information about the contract’s features, benefits, and risks. You can find this prospectus and other information about the contract online at www.lfg.com/VAprospectus. You can also obtain this information at no cost by calling 1-888-868-2583 or by sending an email request to CustServSupportTeam@lfg.com.

YOU MAY CANCEL YOUR CONTRACT WITHIN THE FREE LOOK PERIOD WITHOUT PAYING FEES OR PENALTIES.

This “free look” or cancellation period may be longer under certain scenarios. Upon cancellation, you will receive the greater of a full refund of the amount you paid with your application or your total Contract Value. You should review the prospectus, or consult with your investment professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.

Additional information about certain investment products, including variable annuities, has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.

Table of Contents

Special Terms

In this initial summary prospectus, the following terms have the indicated meanings: